Multifunctional Degradable Nanoparticles with Control over Size and Functionalities

ABSTRACT

In one aspect, the invention relates to polymers, crosslinked polymers, functionalized polymers, nanoparticles, and functionalized nanoparticles and methods of making and using same. In one aspect, the invention relates to degradable polymer and degradable nanoparticles. In one aspect, the invention relates to methods of preparing degradable nanoparticles and, more specifically, methods of controlling particle size during the preparation of degradable nanoparticles. In one aspect, the degradable nanoparticles are useful for complexing, delivering, and releasing payloads, including pharmaceutically active payloads. This abstract is intended as a scanning tool for purposes of searching in the particular art and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional application of copending U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 12/265,701, filed on Nov. 5, 2008, which claims thebenefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/985,608, filed Nov. 5,2007, U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/038,041, filed Mar. 19, 2008,U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/100,752, filed Sep. 28, 2008, andU.S. Provisional Application No. 61/101,039, filed Sep. 29, 2008, eachof which is incorporated herein in its entirety by reference.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

This invention was made with government support under a CAREER AwardCHE-0645737 awarded by the National Science Foundation. The UnitedStates government has certain rights in the invention.

BACKGROUND

Biodegradable nanoparticles have received increasing attention asversatile drug delivery scaffolds to enhance the efficacy oftherapeutics. Effectiveness of delivery, however, can be influenced bythe particle size and morphology, as these parameters can greatly affectthe biological function and fate of the material. [Zweers, M. L. T.;Grijpma, D. W.; Engbers, G. H. M.; Feijen, J., J. Controlled Release2003, 87, 252-254.] Narrowly dispersed particles are highly preferredfor use in delivery or sensing applications with respect to monitoringand predicting their behavior as their exhibit a more constant responseto external stimuli. [Lubetkin, S.; Mulqueen, P.; Paterson, E. Pesti.Sci. 1999, 55, 1123-1125.]

One disadvantage of conventional methods is the irreproducibility in thesize and shape of the particles, since these can be profoundlyinfluenced by the stabilizer and the solvent used. [Kumar, M. N. V. R.;Bakowsky, U.; Lehr, C. M., Biomaterials 2004, 25, 1771-1777.] Anothermajor drawback of conventional biodegradable nanoparticles, based onpoly(ε-caprolactone) and other aliphatic polyesters, is the lack ofpendant functional groups, which can make physiochemical, mechanical,and biological properties difficult to modify. [(a) Riva, R.; Lenoir,S.; Jerome, R.; Lecomte, P. Polymer 2005, 46, 8511-8518. (b) Sasatsu,M.; Onishi, H.; Machida, Y. Inter. J. Pharm. 2006, 317, 167-174.] Theavailability of functional groups is a desirable means of tailoring theproperties of a particle, including hydrophilicity, biodegradation rate,and bioadhesion.

Therefore, there remains a need for methods and compositions thatovercome these deficiencies and that effectively provide functionalized,degradable nanoparticles with reproducibility in particle size andshape.

SUMMARY

In accordance with the purpose(s) of the invention, as embodied andbroadly described herein, the invention, in one aspect, relates topolymers, crosslinked polymers, functionalized polymers, nanoparticles,and functionalized nanoparticles and methods of making and using same.

Disclosed are polymers comprising at least one monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and whereinthe monomer residue comprises less than about 10% by weight of themonomer residue of halogen selected from chlorine, bromine, and iodine.

Also disclosed are polymers comprising monomer residues selected fromtwo or more of an epoxide-functionalized monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and apropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; and aketo-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

Also disclosed are polymers comprising at least one monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein Y is O,S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein R^(L) is selectedfrom optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene,wherein m is an integer from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0to 2; and one or more of: a propargyl-functionalized monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; and aketo-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

Also disclosed are polymers comprising at least one monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein R^(L) isselected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substitutedalkoxylene, wherein m¹ is an integer from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is aninteger from 0 to 2; and one or more of: an epoxide-functionalizedmonomer residue having an optionally substituted structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and aketo-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

Also disclosed are methods of preparing a polymer comprising the step ofcopolymerizing a mixture of two or more of an alkene-functionalizedmonomer providing a residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; apropargyl-functionalized monomer providing a residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; and aketo-functionalized monomer providing a residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

Also disclosed are methods of preparing an epoxide-functionalizedpolymer comprising the step of oxidizing a polymer having at least onemonomer residue having an optionally substituted structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2.

Also disclosed are methods of crosslinking a polymer comprising the stepof reacting a polymer comprising at least one monomer residue selectedfrom an epoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and apropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with across-linker having a structure represented by a formula X—R^(L)—X′,wherein X and X′ are independently N₃, OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R isH or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein R^(L) is selected from optionallysubstituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a polymer comprising thestep of reacting an epoxide-functionalized monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; with anucleophile having a structure represented by a formula X—R¹, wherein Xis OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein R¹is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a polymer comprising thestep of reacting a propargyl-functionalized monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with anazide having a structure represented by a formula N₃—R¹, wherein R¹ isan optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a polymer comprising thesteps of reacting a keto-functionalized monomer providing a residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; with an amine having a structure representedby a formula H₂N—R¹, wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organicradical comprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms; and reducing the resultingimine.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a polymer comprising thestep of reacting a nucleophile-functionalized monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene; with an electrophile having astructure represented by a formula E-R¹, wherein E is an electrophilicmoiety; and wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radicalcomprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms.

Also disclosed are degradable polymeric nanoparticles comprising atleast one monomer residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein m and m′ are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n andn′ are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′ areindependently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene, wherein the nanoparticle has aparticle size of from about 5 nm to about 850 nm.

Also disclosed are degradable polymeric nanoparticles comprising atleast one monomer residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein m¹ and m^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n¹and n^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′are independently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and whereinR^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionallysubstituted alkoxylene, wherein the nanoparticle has a particle size offrom about 5 nm to about 850 nm.

Also disclosed are methods of preparing a degradable nanoparticlecomprising the step of adding a polymer comprising at least one monomerresidue having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; to asolution of from about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents of adinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) having astructure X—R^(L)—X′, wherein X and X′ are independently OH, SH, NH₂, orNHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein R^(L) is selectedfrom optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene.

Also disclosed are methods of preparing a degradable nanoparticlecomprising the step of adding a polymer comprising at least one monomerresidue having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; to asolution of from about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents of a bis-azide(azide moiety:alkyne functionality) having a structure N₃—R^(L)—N₃,wherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene.

Also disclosed are methods of controlling particle size during thepreparation of a degradable nanoparticle comprising the step of addingan epoxide-functionalized polymer to a solution of a dinucleophiliccross-linker, wherein the stoichiometry of the cross-linker is selectedto provide a desired particle size.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a nanoparticle comprisingthe step of reacting a nanoparticle comprising at least oneepoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; with anucleophile having a structure represented by a formula X—R¹, wherein Xis OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein R¹is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a nanoparticle comprisingthe step of reacting a nanoparticle comprising at least onepropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with anazide having a structure represented by a formula N₃—R¹, wherein R¹ isan optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a nanoparticle comprisingthe steps of reacting a nanoparticle comprising at least oneketo-functionalized monomer providing a residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; with an amine having a structure representedby a formula H₂N—R¹, wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organicradical comprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms; and reducing the resultingimine.

Also disclosed are methods of functionalizing a nanoparticle comprisingthe step of reacting a nanoparticle comprising at least onenucleophile-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene; with an electrophile having astructure represented by a formula E-R¹, wherein E is an electrophilicmoiety; and wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radicalcomprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms.

Also disclosed are methods for preparing degradable nanoparticlescomprising the step of reacting a polymer comprising at least onemonomer residue having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O, S, or NR, wherein R is H, alkyl, or aryl; and wherein mand n are independently non-negative integers; with a dinucleophilehaving a structure X—R^(L)—X′, wherein X and X′ are independently OH,SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H, alkyl, or aryl, and wherein R^(L) isselected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted alkoxylene, and optionally substituted esters,thereby producing nanoparticles.

Also disclosed are functionalized polymers and functionalizednanoparticles and methods for making and using same.

Also disclosed are the products of the disclosed methods.

Also disclosed are methods of intracellular delivery comprisingadministering an effective amount of a disclosed nanoparticle to asubject.

Also disclosed are methods for the manufacture of a medicament fordelivery of a biologically active agent, a pharmaceutically activeagent, and/or an imaging moiety comprising combining at least onedisclosed polymer or at least one disclosed nanoparticle with apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also disclosed are uses of a disclosed polymer or a disclosednanoparticle to deliver a biologically active agent, a pharmaceuticallyactive agent, and/or an imaging moiety.

Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising atherapeutically effective amount of one or more disclosed polymer and/orone or more disclosed nanoparticle and a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier for administration in a subject, for example, a mammal.

Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions for diagnosing, treating,and/or preventing ophthalmic disorders, the compositions comprising atherapeutically effective amount of one or more disclosed polymer and/orone or more disclosed nanoparticle and a pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier for administration in a subject, for example, a mammal. In oneaspect, the compositions can be administered transcorneally.

While aspects of the present invention can be described and claimed in aparticular statutory class, such as the system statutory class, this isfor convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand thateach aspect of the present invention can be described and claimed in anystatutory class. Unless otherwise expressly stated, it is in no wayintended that any method or aspect set forth herein be construed asrequiring that its steps be performed in a specific order. Accordingly,where a method claim does not specifically state in the claims ordescriptions that the steps are to be limited to a specific order, it isno way intended that an order be inferred, in any respect. This holdsfor any possible non-express basis for interpretation, including mattersof logic with respect to arrangement of steps or operational flow, plainmeaning derived from grammatical organization or punctuation, or thenumber or type of aspects described in the specification.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

The accompanying figures, which are incorporated in and constitute apart of this specification, illustrate several aspects and together withthe description serve to explain the principles of the invention.

FIG. 1 shows multifunctional linear polyester precursors with epoxidecross-linking entity.

FIG. 2 shows TEM images of AB nanoparticles; (1) 2 equivalents of amine;(2) 5 equivalents of amine; (3) 8 equivalents of amine.

FIG. 3 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker; (▪) ABD nanoparticles; (♦) ABnanoparticles; () ABC nanoparticles.

FIG. 4 shows ¹H NMR overlay for poly(vl-evl) nanoparticles withincreasing cross-linking.

FIG. 5 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker for (♦) AB nanoparticles from FIG. 3.

FIG. 6 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker for (▪) ABD nanoparticles from FIG. 3.

FIG. 7 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker for () ABC nanoparticles from FIG. 3.

FIG. 8 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker for AB nanoparticles from poly(vl-evl)(2% evl) (▪).

FIG. 9 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker for AB nanoparticles from poly(vl-evl)(7% evl) (♦).

FIG. 10 shows polynomial increase of nanoparticle diameter (nm) withincrease of diamine cross-linker for AB nanoparticles from poly(vl-evl)(19% evl) (♦).

FIG. 11 shows a schematic representation of the structures for FD-1 andFD-2.

FIG. 12 shows time course of internalization of (a) FD-1 and (b) FD-2into NIH-3T3 Fibroblasts at 37° C. The conjugate concentration was 10μM.

FIG. 13 shows the effect of temperature on (a) FD-1 and (b) FD-2internalization. The human microvascular endothelial cells (HMEC) cellswere incubated with conjugates (10 uM) for 2.5 min at 4° C. or at 37° C.

FIG. 14 shows the effect of temperature on (a) FD-1 and (b) FD-2internalization. The HMEC cells were incubated with conjugates (1 uM)for 30 min at 4° C. or at 37° C.

FIG. 15 shows control experiments: (a) The HMEC cells were incubatedwith free FITC conjugates (10 uM) for 60 min at 37° C. (b) The HMECcells were incubated with Boc-protected guanidinylated FD-2 (10 uM) for60 min at 37° C.

FIGS. 6A and 6B show an exemplary synthetic scheme for the preparationof FD-1, FD-2, and intermediates thereof.

FIG. 17 shows a micrograph of a collection of organic quantum dotsformed via intramolecular chain collapse. The various dots are imagedhaving different colors as a function of the selected functional moiety.

FIG. 18 shows a schematic representation of a synthetic scheme forpreparing the various types of disclosed organic quantum dots.

FIG. 19 shows a schematic representation of a synthetic scheme forpreparing ABA-type organic quantum dots.

FIG. 20 shows a schematic representation of the composition of anABA-type organic quantum dot precursor, an ABA triblock copolymer.

FIG. 21 shows a schematic representation of an organic quantum dot andits applicability as a biological probe and/or a drug-delivery vehicle.

FIG. 22 shows a schematic for coupling reactions of benzocyclobutenederivatives.

FIG. 23 shows an exemplary synthesis of benzocyclobutene monomer Q4.

FIG. 24 shows an exemplary synthesis of benzocyclobutene functionalizedlinear polystyrene Q8.

FIG. 25 shows a graph of the variation in molecular weight of finalmacromolecule, Mw, with total concentration of BCB groups in solution(circles represent ultra-high dilution strategy; squares representcontinuous addition strategy; I represents that an insoluble gel wasproduced) (starting linear polymer, mw=95,000, PDI=1.11).

FIG. 26 shows a schematic representation of the intramolecular collapseof the linear polymer Q8 to give the nanoparticle Q9.

FIG. 27 shows a comparison of ¹H NMR spectrum for (a) the startinglinear polymer, 8, 80/20 Sty/BCB, Mw=95,000, PDI=1.12; and the resultingnanoparticle 9, Mw=65,000, PDI=1.10.

FIG. 28 shows an overlay of GPC traces for (a) the starting linearpolymer, Q8, Mw=105000, PDI=1.12; and nanoparticles Q9 with (a) 0 mol %BCB incorporation, (b) 5 mol % BCB incorporation, (c) 10 mol % BCBincorporation, (d) 20 mol % BCB incorporation, and (e) 25 mol % BCBincorporation.

FIG. 29 shows variation in the percent reduction in molecular weight forthe nanoparticles Q9 with the mol % of BCB units in the starting linearpolymer Q8, for 44 K (b), 110 K (9), and 230 K (b) series.

FIG. 30 shows a schematic representation of the intramolecular collapseof a random n-butyl acrylate-based linear polymer, Q10, to give thenanoparticle, Q11.

FIG. 31 shows a schematic of the formation and intramolecular collapseof the PEG-b-PSt/BCB block copolymer, Q15, to give a hybridlinear-nanoparticle copolymer, Q16.

FIG. 32 shows GPC traces for (a) the starting poly(ethyleneglycol)-b-poly(styrene-co-benzocyclobutene), Q15, (Mw=95,000, PDI=1.11)and (b) the final hybrid nanoparticle-linear block copolymer, Q16, (Mw)52,000, PDI=1.09).

FIG. 33 shows a schematic of exemplary multimodal nanoparticles.

FIG. 34 shows a schematic of an exemplary synthesis of ABA-triblockcopolymer linear precursors before and after chain-collapse.

FIG. 35 shows a schematic illustrating conjugation of the discloseddendrimeric materials with the disclosed organic quantum dot materials(conjugation with cleavable linker).

FIG. 36 shows an exemplary preparation of a cross-linked organicnanoparticle.

FIG. 37 shows an exemplary conjugation of a disclosed dendrimericmaterial with a disclosed cross-linked organic nanoparticle.

FIG. 38 shows a schematic illustrating a disclosed delivery system(e.g., gene delivery).

FIG. 39 illustrates preparation of a disclosed delivery system (e.g.,gene delivery).

FIG. 40 shows micrographs demonstrating mitrochondrial localization ofthe disclosed delivery systems (e.g., gene delivery).

FIG. 41 shows micrographs demonstrating uptake of a disclosed deliverysystem (e.g., gene delivery) in ciEndothelial cells.

FIG. 42 demonstrates the flexibility of assembly of the discloseddelivery systems.

FIG. 43 shows micrographs of HeLa cells exposed 10 μM FD-1 for 1 h,fixed with 3.3% paraformaldehyde, stained with 100 nM Mitotracker® Red580 FM. The illuminated regions show cell penetration (left),mitochondria location (center), and overlap (right).

FIG. 44 shows micrographs of HeLa cells exposed 20 μM FD-2 for 1 h,fixed with 3.3% paraformaldehyde, stained with 100 nM Mitotracker® Red580 FM. The illuminated regions show cell penetration (left),mitochondria location (center), and overlap (right).

FIG. 45 shows micrographs demonstrating intercellular transport of anaprotinin-fluorophore-transporter conjugate (FD-1, illustrated) intoHAEC cells.

FIG. 46 shows micrographs demonstrating intercellular transport of anaprotinin-fluorophore-transporter conjugate (FD-2) into HAEC cells.

FIG. 47 shows micrographs demonstrating no uptake (i.e., nointercellular transport into HAEC cells) of a controlaprotinin-fluorophore conjugate (illustrated).

FIG. 48 illustrates several chemical strategies for binding transportermoities to various protein functional groups (e.g., amine, thiol,carbonyl).

FIG. 49 presents strategies for vaccine development by incorporation ofaprotinin through conjugation to carbonyl-functionalized proteins (e.g.,tyrosine residues) by Mannich reaction.

FIG. 50 illustrates incorporation of fluorophores through conjugation tocarbonyl-functionalized proteins (e.g., tyrosine residues) by Mannichreaction.

FIG. 51 illustrates incorporation of transporter moieties throughconjugation to carbonyl-functionalized proteins.

FIG. 52 shows TEM analysis of the nanoparticles (225.6 nm) produced fromcrosslinking of poly(vl-evl-avl-opd) (ABbD).

FIG. 53 shows the particle size distribution measured by dynamic lightscatter analysis of “one-pot” nanoparticles (272.3±23.3 nm) producedfrom crosslinking of poly(vl-evl-avl-opd) (ABbD).

FIG. 54 shows a scheme for a thiol exchange reaction with an IgGantibody to form an IgGMT bioconjugate.

FIG. 55 shows microscopy images of uptake of IgGMT into HEp-2 cells for10 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 6 h and negative control experiment (NC) withAlexa Fluor® 568 labeled IgG.

FIG. 56 shows microscopy images of HEp-2 cells infected with RSV for 24h, washed and imaged 48 h after infection for the fluorescence of GFP(c). HEp-2 cells infected with RSV for 24 h, incubated for 30 min withIgGMT and imaged after 48 h for the fluorescence of GFP (a) and AlexaFluor® 568 of the IgGMT (b), merged images (a) and (b) (merged a+b).

FIG. 57 shows microscopy images of HEp-2 cells infected with RSV for 24h, incubated for 30 min with IgGMT and imaged immediately for the greenfluorescence of the GFP (a) and the red fluorescence of the IgGMTconjugate (b), merged images of (a) and (b) (a+b merged). HEp-2 cellsinfected with RSV for 24 h, incubated for 30 min with IgGMT and imagedafter 48 h for the fluorescence of GFP (a) and Alexa Fluor® 568 of theIgGMT conjugate (b), merged images (a) and (b) (merged a+b).

FIG. 58 shows results for a radiation guided Nanoparticle-peptidetargeting in a Lewis-Lung Carcinoma Tumor Model.

FIG. 59 shows a scheme for delivery of a biological active substance.

FIG. 60 shows fluorescence microscopy images of portions of the eye of arat after administration of a nanoparticle bioconjugate comprising animaging agent.

Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in thedescription which follows, and in part will be obvious from thedescription, or can be learned by practice of the invention. Theadvantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means ofthe elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appendedclaims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing generaldescription and the following detailed description are exemplary andexplanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.

DESCRIPTION

The present invention can be understood more readily by reference to thefollowing detailed description of the invention and the Examplesincluded therein.

Before the present compounds, compositions, articles, systems, devices,and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood thatthey are not limited to specific synthetic methods unless otherwisespecified, or to particular reagents unless otherwise specified, as suchmay, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminologyused herein is for the purpose of describing particular aspects only andis not intended to be limiting. Although any methods and materialssimilar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in thepractice or testing of the present invention, example methods andmaterials are now described.

All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by referenceto disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection withwhich the publications are cited. The publications discussed herein areprovided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of thepresent application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admissionthat the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publicationby virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication providedherein can be different from the actual publication dates, which canrequire independent confirmation.

A. DEFINITIONS

As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms“a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearlydictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a functionalgroup,” “an alkyl,” or “a residue” includes mixtures of two or more suchfunctional groups, alkyls, or residues, and the like.

Ranges can be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value,and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range isexpressed, another aspect includes from the one particular value and/orto the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed asapproximations, by use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understoodthat the particular value forms another aspect. It will be furtherunderstood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant bothin relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the otherendpoint. It is also understood that there are a number of valuesdisclosed herein, and that each value is also herein disclosed as“about” that particular value in addition to the value itself. Forexample, if the value “10” is disclosed, then “about 10” is alsodisclosed. It is also understood that each unit between two particularunits are also disclosed. For example, if 10 and 15 are disclosed, then11, 12, 13, and 14 are also disclosed.

As used herein, the terms “optional” or “optionally” means that thesubsequently described event or circumstance can or can not occur, andthat the description includes instances where said event or circumstanceoccurs and instances where it does not.

As used herein, the term “treatment” refers to the medical management ofa patient with the intent to cure, ameliorate, stabilize, or prevent adisease, pathological condition, or disorder. This term includes activetreatment, that is, treatment directed specifically toward theimprovement of a disease, pathological condition, or disorder, and alsoincludes causal treatment, that is, treatment directed toward removal ofthe cause of the associated disease, pathological condition, ordisorder. In addition, this term includes palliative treatment, that is,treatment designed for the relief of symptoms rather than the curing ofthe disease, pathological condition, or disorder; preventativetreatment, that is, treatment directed to minimizing or partially orcompletely inhibiting the development of the associated disease,pathological condition, or disorder; and supportive treatment, that is,treatment employed to supplement another specific therapy directedtoward the improvement of the associated disease, pathologicalcondition, or disorder.

As used herein, the term “prevent” or “preventing” refers to precluding,averting, obviating, forestalling, stopping, or hindering something fromhappening, especially by advance action. It is understood that wherereduce, inhibit or prevent are used herein, unless specificallyindicated otherwise, the use of the other two words is also expresslydisclosed.

As used herein, the terms “administering” and “administration” refer toany method of providing a pharmaceutical preparation to a subject. Suchmethods are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but arenot limited to, oral administration, transdermal administration,administration by inhalation, nasal administration, topicaladministration, intravaginal administration, ophthalmic administration,intraaural administration, intracerebral administration, rectaladministration, and parenteral administration, including injectable suchas intravenous administration, intra-arterial administration,intramuscular administration, and subcutaneous administration.Administration can be continuous or intermittent. In various aspects, apreparation can be administered therapeutically; that is, administeredto treat an existing disease or condition. In further various aspects, apreparation can be administered prophylactically; that is, administeredfor prevention of a disease or condition.

As used herein, the term “subject” refers to a target of administration.The subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a vertebrate, such asa mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subjectof the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate,horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent.The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult andnewborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, areintended to be covered. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with adisease or disorder. The term “patient” includes human and veterinarysubjects.

As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to an amount that issufficient to achieve a desired result or to have an effect on undesiredsymptoms, but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side affects.The specific effective dose level for any particular patient will dependupon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and theseverity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age,body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time ofadministration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion ofthe specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugsused in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employedand like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is wellwithin the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lowerthan those required to achieve the desired effect and to graduallyincrease the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired,the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposesof administration. Consequently, single dose compositions can containsuch amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. Thedosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of anycontraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one ormore dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance canbe found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes ofpharmaceutical products. In a further aspect, a preparation can beadministered in a “diagnostically effective amount”; that is, an amounteffective for diagnosis of a disease or condition. In a further aspect,a preparation can be administered in a “therapeutically effectiveamount”; that is, an amount effective for treatment of a disease orcondition. In a further aspect, a preparation can be administered in a“prophylactically effective amount”; that is, an amount effective forprevention of a disease or condition.

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers tosterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions oremulsions, as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterileinjectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples ofsuitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehiclesinclude water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol,polyethylene glycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitablemixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectableorganic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained,for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by themaintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions andby the use of surfactants. These compositions can also contain adjuvantssuch as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersingagents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by theinclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents such asparaben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid and the like. It can also bedesirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride andthe like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form canbe brought about by the inclusion of agents, such as aluminummonostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption. Injectable depot formsare made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradablepolymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide, poly(orthoesters) andpoly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and thenature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release canbe controlled. Depot injectable formulations are also prepared byentrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatiblewith body tissues. The injectable formulations can be sterilized, forexample, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter or byincorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solidcompositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water orother sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inertcarriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% byweight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effectiveparticle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.

As used herein, the term “biologically active agent” or “bioactiveagent” means an agent that is capable of providing a local or systemicbiological, physiological, or therapeutic effect in the biologicalsystem to which it is applied. For example, the bioactive agent can actto control infection or inflammation, enhance cell growth and tissueregeneration, control tumor growth, act as an analgesic, promoteanti-cell attachment, and enhance bone growth, among other functions.Other suitable bioactive agents can include anti-viral agents, hormones,antibodies, or therapeutic proteins. Other bioactive agents includeprodrugs, which are agents that are not biologically active whenadministered but, upon administration to a subject are converted tobioactive agents through metabolism or some other mechanism.Additionally, any of the compositions of the invention can containcombinations of two or more bioactive agents. It is understood that abiologically active agent can be used in connection with administrationto various subjects, for example, to humans (i.e., medicaladministration) or to animals (i.e., veterinary administration).

As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically active agent” includes a“drug” or a “vaccine” and means a molecule, group of molecules, complexor substance administered to an organism for diagnostic, therapeutic,preventative medical, or veterinary purposes. This term includeexternally and internally administered topical, localized and systemichuman and animal pharmaceuticals, treatments, remedies, nutraceuticals,cosmeceuticals, biologicals, devices, diagnostics and contraceptives,including preparations useful in clinical and veterinary screening,prevention, prophylaxis, healing, wellness, detection, imaging,diagnosis, therapy, surgery, monitoring, cosmetics, prosthetics,forensics and the like. This term may also be used in reference toagriceutical, workplace, military, industrial and environmentaltherapeutics or remedies comprising selected molecules or selectednucleic acid sequences capable of recognizing cellular receptors,membrane receptors, hormone receptors, therapeutic receptors, microbes,viruses or selected targets comprising or capable of contacting plants,animals and/or humans. This term can also specifically include nucleicacids and compounds comprising nucleic acids that produce a bioactiveeffect, for example deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid(RNA). Pharmaceutically active agents include the herein disclosedcategories and specific examples. It is not intended that the categorybe limited by the specific examples. Those of ordinary skill in the artwill recognize also numerous other compounds that fall within thecategories and that are useful according to the invention. Examplesinclude a radiosensitizer, the combination of a radiosensitizer and achemotherapeutic, a steroid, a xanthine, a beta-2-agonistbronchodilator, an anti-inflammatory agent, an analgesic agent, acalcium antagonist, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, abeta-blocker, a centrally active alpha-agonist, an alpha-1-antagonist,an anticholinergic/antispasmodic agent, a vasopressin analogue, anantiarrhythmic agent, an antiparkinsonian agent, anantiangina/antihypertensive agent, an anticoagulant agent, anantiplatelet agent, a sedative, an ansiolytic agent, a peptidic agent, abiopolymeric agent, an antineoplastic agent, a laxative, anantidiarrheal agent, an antimicrobial agent, an antifungal agent, avaccine, a protein, or a nucleic acid. In a further aspect, thepharmaceutically active agent can be coumarin, albumin, bromolidine,steroids such as betamethasone, dexamethasone, methylprednisolone,prednisolone, prednisone, triamcinolone, budesonide, hydrocortisone, andpharmaceutically acceptable hydrocortisone derivatives; xanthines suchas theophylline and doxophylline; beta-2-agonist bronchodilators such assalbutamol, fenterol, clenbuterol, bambuterol, salmeterol, fenoterol;antiinflammatory agents, including antiasthmatic anti-inflammatoryagents, antiarthritic antiinflammatory agents, and non-steroidalantiinflammatory agents, examples of which include but are not limitedto sulfides, mesalamine, budesonide, salazopyrin, diclofenac,pharmaceutically acceptable diclofenac salts, nimesulide, naproxene,acetominophen, ibuprofen, ketoprofen and piroxicam; analgesic agentssuch as salicylates; calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine,amlodipine, and nicardipine; angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitorssuch as captopril, benazepril hydrochloride, fosinopril sodium,trandolapril, ramipril, lisinopril, enalapril, quinapril hydrochloride,and moexipril hydrochloride; beta-blockers (i.e., beta adrenergicblocking agents) such as sotalol hydrochloride, timolol maleate, esmololhydrochloride, carteolol, propanolol hydrochloride, betaxololhydrochloride, penbutolol sulfate, metoprolol tartrate, metoprololsuccinate, acebutolol hydrochloride, atenolol, pindolol, and bisoprololfumarate; centrally active alpha-2-agonists such as clonidine;alpha-1-antagonists such as doxazosin and prazosin;anticholinergic/antispasmodic agents such as dicyclomine hydrochloride,scopolamine hydrobromide, glycopyrrolate, clidinium bromide, flavoxate,and oxybutynin; vasopressin analogues such as vasopressin anddesmopressin; antiarrhythmic agents such as quinidine, lidocaine,tocamide hydrochloride, mexiletine hydrochloride, digoxin, verapamilhydrochloride, propafenone hydrochloride, flecamide acetate,procainamide hydrochloride, moricizine hydrochloride, and disopyramidephosphate; antiparkinsonian agents, such as dopamine, L-Dopa/Carbidopa,selegiline, dihydroergocryptine, pergolide, lisuride, apomorphine, andbromocryptine; antiangina agents and antihypertensive agents such asisosorbide mononitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, propranolol, atenolol andverapamil; anticoagulant and antiplatelet agents such as coumadin,warfarin, acetylsalicylic acid, and ticlopidine; sedatives such asbenzodiazapines and barbiturates; ansiolytic agents such as lorazepam,bromazepam, and diazepam; peptidic and biopolymeric agents such ascalcitonin, leuprolide and other LHRH agonists, hirudin, cyclosporin,insulin, somatostatin, protirelin, interferon, desmopressin,somatotropin, thymopentin, pidotimod, erythropoietin, interleukins,melatonin, granulocyte/macrophage-CSF, and heparin; antineoplasticagents such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate, cyclophosphamide,methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, vincristine, doxorubicin, cisplatin,hydroxyurea, leucovorin calcium, tamoxifen, flutamide, asparaginase,altretamine, mitotane, and procarbazine hydrochloride; laxatives such assenna concentrate, casanthranol, bisacodyl, and sodium picosulphate;antidiarrheal agents such as difenoxine hydrochloride, loperamidehydrochloride, furazolidone, diphenoxylate hdyrochloride, andmicroorganisms; vaccines such as bacterial and viral vaccines;antimicrobial agents such as penicillins, cephalosporins, andmacrolides, antifungal agents such as imidazolic and triazolicderivatives; and nucleic acids such as DNA sequences encoding forbiological proteins, and antisense oligonucleotides. It is understoodthat a pharmaceutically active agent can be used in connection withadministration to various subjects, for example, to humans (i.e.,medical administration) or to animals (i.e., veterinary administration).

As used herein, the term “ophthalmic disorders” and/or “ophthalmicconditions” refers to ophthalmic diseases, conditions, and/or disordersincluding, without limitation, those associated with the anteriorchamber of the eye (i.e., hyphema, synechia); the choroid (i.e.,choroidal detachment, choroidal melanoma, multifocal choroidopathysyndromes); the conjunctiva (i.e., conjunctivitis, cicatricialpemphigoid, filtering Bleb complications, conjunctival melanoma,Pharyngoconjunctival Fever, pterygium, conjunctival squamous cellcarcinoma); connective tissue disorders (i.e., ankylosing spondylitis,pseudoxanthoma elasticum, corneal abrasion or edema, limbal dermoid,crystalline dystrophy keratits, keratoconjunctivitis, keratoconus,keratopathy, megalocornea, corneal ulcer); dermatologic disorders (i.e.,ecrodermatitis enteropathica, atopic dermatitis, ocular rosacea,psoriasis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome); endocrine disorders (i.e.,pituitary apoplexy); extraocular disorders (i.e., Abducens Nerve Palsy,Brown syndrome, Duane syndrome, esotropia, exotropia, oculomotor nervepalsy); genetic disorders (i.e., albinism, Down syndrome, PetersAnomaly); the globe (i.e., anopthalmos, endophthalmitis); hematologicand cardiovascular disorders (i.e., Giant Cell Arteritis, hypertension,leukemias, Ocular Ischemic syndrome, sickle cell disease); infectiousdiseases (i.e., actinomycosis, botulism, HIV, diphtheria, Escherichiacoli, Tuberculosis, ocular manifestations of syphilis); intraocularpressure (i.e., glaucoma, ocular hypotony, Posner-Schlossman syndrome),the iris and ciliary body (i.e., aniridia, iris prolaps, juvenilexanthogranuloma, ciliary body melanoma, iris melanoma, uveitis); thelacrimal system (i.e., alacrima, Dry Eye syndrome, lacrimal glandtumors); the lens (i.e., cataract, ectopia lentis, intraocular lensdecentration or dislocation); the lid (i.e., blepharitis,dermatochalasis, distichiasis, ectropion, eyelid coloboma, Floppy Eyesyndrome, trichiasis, xanthelasma); metabolic disorders (i.e., gout,hyperlipoproteinemia, Oculocerebrorenal syndrome); neurologic disorders(i.e., Bell Palsy, diplopia, multiple sclerosis); general opthalmologic(i.e., red eye, cataracts, macular degeneration, red eye, maculardegeneration); the optic nerve (i.e., miningioma, optic neuritis, opticneuropathy, papilledema); the orbit (i.e., orbital cellulits, orbitaldermoid, orbital tumors); phakomatoses (i.e., ataxia-telangiectasia,neurofibromatosis-1); presbyopia; the pupil (i.e., anisocoria, Homersyndrome); refractive disorders (i.e., astigmatism, hyperopia, myopia);the retina (i.e., Coats disease, Eales disease, macular edema,retinitis, retinopathy); and the sclera (i.e., episcleritis, scleritis).

As used herein, the term “imaging moiety” refers to any chemical groupsor substance useful for imaging applications, as known to those of skillin the art. Examples of imaging agents include radioconjugate,cytotoxin, cytokine, Gadolinium-DTPA or a quantum dot, iron oxide,manganese oxide. In one aspect, an imaging agent can be provided innanoparticular form or in microparticular form. In a further aspect, animaging agent comprises Gadolinium-DTPA and iron oxide nanoparticles(magnetite), as specific MRI contrast agents. In a yet further aspect,an imaging agent comprises at least one near infrared dye, for examplenear infrared dyes based on a porphyrin and/or a phthalocyanine. SeeGhoroghchian et al, Near-infrared-emissive polymerosomes: Self-assembledsoft matter for in vivo optical imaging, PNAS, 2005, vol. 102, no. 8,2922-2927.

As used herein, the term “organic quantum dot” refers to a generallycarbon based compound having a generally particle-like overall structureand comprising a generally central functional moiety. In one aspect, anorganic quantum dot is prepared via intramolecular chain collapse. In afurther aspect, an organic quantum dot can be prepared from a blockcopolymer comprising at least two reactive moieties and at least onefunctional moiety.

As used herein, the term “polymer” refers to a relatively high molecularweight organic compound, natural or synthetic, whose structure can berepresented by a repeated small unit, the monomer (e.g., polyethylene,rubber, cellulose). Synthetic polymers are typically formed by additionor condensation polymerization of monomers.

As used herein, the term “copolymer” refers to a polymer formed from twoor more different repeating units (monomer residues). By way of exampleand without limitation, a copolymer can be an alternating copolymer, arandom copolymer, a block copolymer, or a graft copolymer. It is alsocontemplated that, in certain aspects, various block segments of a blockcopolymer can themselves comprise copolymers.

As used herein, the term “oligomer” refers to a relatively low molecularweight polymer in which the number of repeating units is between two andten, for example, from two to eight, from two to six, or form two tofour. In one aspect, a collection of oligomers can have an averagenumber of repeating units of from about two to about ten, for example,from about two to about eight, from about two to about six, or formabout two to about four.

As used herein, the term “reactive residue” refers to a moiety (e.g., amonomer residue) capable of undergoing chemical reaction at a reactiontemperature and/or in response to a stimulus to form a reactiveintermediate. In one aspect, a reactive residue is a moiety capableundergoing an intramolecular cross-linking reaction to provideintramolecular chain collapse.

As used herein, the term “polymerizable group” refers to a group (i.e.,a chemical functionality) capable of undergoing a polymerizationreaction at a polymerization temperature and/or in response to apolymerization initiator to form a polymer or an oligomer. In oneaspect, the polymerization reaction is a radical polymerization (e.g., avinyl polymerization). It is understood that catalysts can be employedin connection with the polymerization reaction. It is contemplated that,in various aspects, polymerizable groups can be used in step-growth orchain growth reactions. Exemplary polymerizable groups include residuesof vinyl, styryl, acryloyl, methacryloyl, aryl, and heteroarylcompounds.

As used herein, the term “reactive intermediate” refers to a chemicalspecies formed from a reactive moiety and in response to a stimulusand/or at a reaction temperature and capable of undergoing furtherchemical reaction (e.g., cross-linking) with another reactiveintermediate. In one aspect, two reactive intermediates can undergo across-linking reaction to provide intramolecular chain collapse.

As used herein, the term “o-quinoid moiety” refers to a reactiveintermediate formed from, for example, a benzocyclobutene moiety areaction temperature and/or in response to a stimulus. In one aspect, ano-quinoid moiety can have the general structure:

It is understood that a reactive moiety capable of forming an o-quinoidmoiety can be provided as, for example, a residue or as a pendant groupin a copolymer. In a further aspect, an o-quinoid moiety can be furthersubstituted.

As used herein, the term “functional moiety” refers to a moiety (e.g., amonomeric residue) capable of performing a function, for example animaging function or a drug-delivery function. In one aspect, afunctional moiety can be provided in a generally central portion of anorganic quantum dot. In various further aspects, a functional moiety cancomprise a semiconducting moiety, an imaging moiety, and/or adrug-delivery moiety.

As used herein, the term “stimulus” refers to an external condition orevent that is capable of acting upon a reactive species, for example areactive moiety, to produce a reactive intermediate, for example ano-quinoid moiety. In various aspects, a stimulus can refer totemperature (i.e., thermal stimulus), a chemical species (i.e. achemical stimulus) such as a radical or an increase or decrease in pH,or light (i.e., an electromagnetic stimulus) or a mixture thereof).

A residue of a chemical species, as used in the specification andconcluding claims, refers to the moiety that is the resulting product ofthe chemical species in a particular reaction scheme or subsequentformulation or chemical product, regardless of whether the moiety isactually obtained from the chemical species. Thus, an ethylene glycolresidue in a polyester refers to one or more —OCH₂CH₂O— units in thepolyester, regardless of whether ethylene glycol was used to prepare thepolyester. Similarly, a sebacic acid residue in a polyester refers toone or more —CO(CH₂)₈CO— moieties in the polyester, regardless ofwhether the residue is obtained by reacting sebacic acid or an esterthereof to obtain the polyester.

As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include allpermissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, thepermissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched andunbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromaticsubstituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include,for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can beone or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.For purposes of this disclosure, the heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, canhave hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents oforganic compounds described herein which satisfy the valences of theheteroatoms. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any mannerby the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms“substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso thatsuch substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of thesubstituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution resultsin a stable compound, e.g., a compound that does not spontaneouslyundergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization,elimination, etc.

In defining various terms, “A¹,” “A²,” “A³,” and “A⁴” are used herein asgeneric symbols to represent various specific substituents. Thesesymbols can be any substituent, not limited to those disclosed herein,and when they are defined to be certain substituents in one instance,they can, in another instance, be defined as some other substituents.

The term “alkyl” as used herein is a branched or unbranched saturatedhydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl,n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl,isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl,dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. Thealkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. The alkyl groupcan be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limitedto, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether,halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.A “lower alkyl” group is an alkyl group containing from one to sixcarbon atoms.

Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to bothunsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however,substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein byidentifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group. For example,the term “halogenated alkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group thatis substituted with one or more halide, e.g., fluorine, chlorine,bromine, or iodine. The term “alkoxyalkyl” specifically refers to analkyl group that is substituted with one or more alkoxy groups, asdescribed below. The term “alkylamino” specifically refers to an alkylgroup that is substituted with one or more amino groups, as describedbelow, and the like. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specificterm such as “alkylalcohol” is used in another, it is not meant to implythat the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as“alkylalcohol” and the like.

This practice is also used for other groups described herein. That is,while a term such as “cycloalkyl” refers to both unsubstituted andsubstituted cycloalkyl moieties, the substituted moieties can, inaddition, be specifically identified herein; for example, a particularsubstituted cycloalkyl can be referred to as, e.g., an“alkylcycloalkyl.” Similarly, a substituted alkoxy can be specificallyreferred to as, e.g., a “halogenated alkoxy,” a particular substitutedalkenyl can be, e.g., an “alkenylalcohol,” and the like. Again, thepractice of using a general term, such as “cycloalkyl,” and a specificterm, such as “alkylcycloalkyl,” is not meant to imply that the generalterm does not also include the specific term.

The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ringcomposed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is atype of cycloalkyl group as defined above, and is included within themeaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atomsof the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to,nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group andheterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. Thecycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with oneor more groups including, but not limited to, optionally substitutedalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl,sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.

The term “polyalkylene group” as used herein is a group having two ormore CH₂ groups linked to one another. The polyalkylene group can berepresented by the formula —(CH₂)_(a)—, where “a” is an integer of from2 to 500.

The terms “alkoxy” and “alkoxyl” as used herein to refer to an alkyl orcycloalkyl group bonded through an ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy”group can be defined as —OA¹ where A¹ is alkyl or cycloalkyl as definedabove. “Alkoxy” also includes polymers of alkoxy groups as justdescribed; that is, an alkoxy can be a polyether such as —OA¹-OA² or—OA¹-(OA²)_(a)-OA³, where “a” is an integer of from 1 to 200 and A¹, A²,and A³ are alkyl and/or cycloalkyl groups.

The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least onecarbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (A¹A²)C═C(A³A⁴)are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumedin structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present,or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C═C. The alkenylgroup can be substituted with one or more groups including, but notlimited to, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl,cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino,carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro,silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.

The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-basedring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least onecarbon-carbon double bound, i.e., C═C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl,cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl,norbornenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type ofcycloalkenyl group as defined above, and is included within the meaningof the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms ofthe ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to,nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group andheterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. Thecycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted withone or more groups including, but not limited to, optionally substitutedalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl,aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether,halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol asdescribed herein.

The term “alkynyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least onecarbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group can be unsubstituted orsubstituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to,optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylicacid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl,sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.

The term “cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-basedring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least onecarbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, butare not limited to, cycloheptynyl, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and thelike. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group asdefined above, and is included within the meaning of the term“cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring isreplaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen,oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group andheterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. Thecycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted withone or more groups including, but not limited to, optionally substitutedalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl,aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether,halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol asdescribed herein.

The term “aryl” as used herein is a group that contains any carbon-basedaromatic group including, but not limited to, benzene, naphthalene,phenyl, biphenyl, phenoxybenzene, and the like. The term “aryl” alsoincludes “heteroaryl,” which is defined as a group that contains anaromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within thering of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are notlimited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus. Likewise, the term“non-heteroaryl,” which is also included in the term “aryl,” defines agroup that contains an aromatic group that does not contain aheteroatom. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The arylgroup can be substituted with one or more groups including, but notlimited to, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl,cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino,carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro,silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is aspecific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of “aryl.”Biaryl refers to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fusedring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or morecarbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.

The term “aldehyde” as used herein is represented by the formula —C(O)H.Throughout this specification “C(O)” is a short hand notation for acarbonyl group, i.e., C═O.

The terms “amine” or “amino” as used herein are represented by theformula NA¹A²A³, where A¹, A², and A³ can be, independently, hydrogen oroptionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein is represented by the formula—C(O)OH.

The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula —OC(O)A¹or —C(O)OA¹, where A¹ can be an optionally substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, orheteroaryl group as described herein. The term “polyester” as usedherein is represented by the formula -(A¹O(O)C-A²-C(O)O)_(a)— or-(A¹O(O)C-A²-OC(O))_(a)—, where A¹ and A² can be, independently, anoptionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein and“a” is an integer from 1 to 500. “Polyester” is as the term used todescribe a group that is produced by the reaction between a compoundhaving at least two carboxylic acid groups with a compound having atleast two hydroxyl groups.

The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹OA²,where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an optionally substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, orheteroaryl group described herein. The term “polyether” as used hereinis represented by the formula -(A¹O-A²O)_(a)—, where A¹ and A² can be,independently, an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl,cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group describedherein and “a” is an integer of from 1 to 500. Examples of polyethergroups include polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, and polybutyleneoxide.

The term “halide” as used herein refers to the halogens fluorine,chlorine, bromine, and iodine.

The term “heterocycle,” as used herein refers to single and multi-cyclicaromatic or non-aromatic ring systems in which at least one of the ringmembers is other than carbon. Heterocycle includes pyridine, pyrimidine,furan, thiophene, pyrrole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, oxazole,thiazole, imidazole, oxazole, including, 1,2,3-oxadiazole,1,2,5-oxadiazole and 1,3,4-oxadiazole, thiadiazole, including,1,2,3-thiadiazole, 1,2,5-thiadiazole, and 1,3,4-thiadiazole, triazole,including, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,3,4-triazole, tetrazole, including1,2,3,4-tetrazole and 1,2,4,5-tetrazole, pyridine, pyridazine,pyrimidine, pyrazine, triazine, including 1,2,4-triazine and1,3,5-triazine, tetrazine, including 1,2,4,5-tetrazine, pyrrolidine,piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, azetidine, tetrahydropyran,tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, and the like.

The term “hydroxyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —OH.

The term “ketone” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹C(O)A²,where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an optionally substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, orheteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “azide” as used herein is represented by the formula —N₃.

The term “nitro” as used herein is represented by the formula —NO₂.

The term “nitrile” as used herein is represented by the formula —CN.

The term “silyl” as used herein is represented by the formula —SiA¹A²A³,where A¹, A², and A³ can be, independently, hydrogen or an optionallysubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl,cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “sulfo-oxo” as used herein is represented by the formulas—S(O)A¹, —S(O)₂A¹, —OS(O)₂A¹, or —OS(O)₂OA¹, where A¹ can be hydrogen oran optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.Throughout this specification “S(O)” is a short hand notation for S═O.The term “sulfonyl” is used herein to refer to the sulfo-oxo grouprepresented by the formula —S(O)₂A¹, where A¹ can be hydrogen or anoptionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl,alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.The term “sulfone” as used herein is represented by the formulaA¹S(O)₂A², where A¹ and A² can be, independently, an optionallysubstituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl,cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein. The term“sulfoxide” as used herein is represented by the formula A¹S(O)A², whereA¹ and A² can be, independently, an optionally substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, orheteroaryl group as described herein.

The term “thiol” as used herein is represented by the formula —SH.

The term “organic residue” defines a carbon containing residue, i.e., aresidue comprising at least one carbon atom, and includes but is notlimited to the carbon-containing groups, residues, or radicals definedhereinabove. Organic residues can contain various heteroatoms, or bebonded to another molecule through a heteroatom, including oxygen,nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or the like. Examples of organic residuesinclude but are not limited alkyl or substituted alkyls, alkoxy orsubstituted alkoxy, mono or di-substituted amino, amide groups, etc.Organic residues can preferably comprise 1 to 18 carbon atoms, 1 to 15,carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 8 carbon atoms, 1 to 6 carbonatoms, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organic residuecan comprise 2 to 18 carbon atoms, 2 to 15, carbon atoms, 2 to 12 carbonatoms, 2 to 8 carbon atoms, 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms

A very close synonym of the term “residue” is the term “radical,” whichas used in the specification and concluding claims, refers to afragment, group, or substructure of a molecule described herein,regardless of how the molecule is prepared. For example, a2,4-thiazolidinedione radical in a particular compound has the structure

regardless of whether thiazolidinedione is used to prepare the compound.In some embodiments the radical (for example an alkyl) can be furthermodified (i.e., substituted alkyl) by having bonded thereto one or more“substituent radicals.” The number of atoms in a given radical is notcritical to the present invention unless it is indicated to the contraryelsewhere herein.

“Organic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain oneor more carbon atoms. An organic radical can have, for example, 1-26carbon atoms, 1-18 carbon atoms, 1-12 carbon atoms, 1-8 carbon atoms,1-6 carbon atoms, or 1-4 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, an organicradical can have 2-26 carbon atoms, 2-18 carbon atoms, 2-12 carbonatoms, 2-8 carbon atoms, 2-6 carbon atoms, or 2-4 carbon atoms. Organicradicals often have hydrogen bound to at least some of the carbon atomsof the organic radical. One example, of an organic radical thatcomprises no inorganic atoms is a 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl radical.In some embodiments, an organic radical can contain 1-10 inorganicheteroatoms bound thereto or therein, including halogens, oxygen,sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, and the like. Examples of organic radicalsinclude but are not limited to an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl,substituted cycloalkyl, mono-substituted amino, di-substituted amino,acyloxy, cyano, carboxy, carboalkoxy, alkylcarboxamide, substitutedalkylcarboxamide, dialkylcarboxamide, substituted dialkylcarboxamide,alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, thioalkyl, thiohaloalkyl, alkoxy,substituted alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl,heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or substituted heterocyclic radicals, whereinthe terms are defined elsewhere herein. A few non-limiting examples oforganic radicals that include heteroatoms include alkoxy radicals,trifluoromethoxy radicals, acetoxy radicals, dimethylamino radicals andthe like.

“Inorganic radicals,” as the term is defined and used herein, contain nocarbon atoms and therefore comprise only atoms other than carbon.Inorganic radicals comprise bonded combinations of atoms selected fromhydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, selenium, andhalogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, which can bepresent individually or bonded together in their chemically stablecombinations. Inorganic radicals have 10 or fewer, or preferably one tosix or one to four inorganic atoms as listed above bonded together.Examples of inorganic radicals include, but not limited to, amino,hydroxy, halogens, nitro, thiol, sulfate, phosphate, and like commonlyknown inorganic radicals. The inorganic radicals do not have bondedtherein the metallic elements of the periodic table (such as the alkalimetals, alkaline earth metals, transition metals, lanthanide metals, oractinide metals), although such metal ions can sometimes serve as apharmaceutically acceptable cation for anionic inorganic radicals suchas a sulfate, phosphate, or like anionic inorganic radical. Inorganicradicals do not comprise metalloids elements such as boron, aluminum,gallium, germanium, arsenic, tin, lead, or tellurium, or the noble gaselements, unless otherwise specifically indicated elsewhere herein.

Compounds described herein can contain one or more double bonds and,thus, potentially give rise to cis/trans (E/Z) isomers, as well as otherconformational isomers. Unless stated to the contrary, the inventionincludes all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures of such isomers.

Unless stated to the contrary, a formula with chemical bonds shown onlyas solid lines and not as wedges or dashed lines contemplates eachpossible isomer, e.g., each enantiomer and diastereomer, and a mixtureof isomers, such as a racemic or scalemic mixture. Compounds describedherein can contain one or more asymmetric centers and, thus, potentiallygive rise to diastereomers and optical isomers. Unless stated to thecontrary, the present invention includes all such possible diastereomersas well as their racemic mixtures, their substantially pure resolvedenantiomers, all possible geometric isomers, and pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts thereof. Mixtures of stereoisomers, as well as isolatedspecific stereoisomers, are also included. During the course of thesynthetic procedures used to prepare such compounds, or in usingracemization or epimerization procedures known to those skilled in theart, the products of such procedures can be a mixture of stereoisomers.

Disclosed are the components to be used to prepare the compositions ofthe invention as well as the compositions themselves to be used withinthe methods disclosed herein. These and other materials are disclosedherein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets,interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that whilespecific reference of each various individual and collectivecombinations and permutation of these compounds can not be explicitlydisclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. Forexample, if a particular compound is disclosed and discussed and anumber of modifications that can be made to a number of moleculesincluding the compounds are discussed, specifically contemplated is eachand every combination and permutation of the compound and themodifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to thecontrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed aswell as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combinationmolecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if each is not individuallyrecited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaningcombinations, A-E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B—F, C-D, C-E, and C—F are considereddisclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is alsodisclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B—F, and C-E wouldbe considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of thisapplication including, but not limited to, steps in methods of makingand using the compositions of the invention. Thus, if there are avariety of additional steps that can be performed it is understood thateach of these additional steps can be performed with any specificembodiment or combination of embodiments of the methods of theinvention.

It is understood that the compositions disclosed herein have certainfunctions. Disclosed herein are certain structural requirements forperforming the disclosed functions, and it is understood that there area variety of structures that can perform the same function that arerelated to the disclosed structures, and that these structures willtypically achieve the same result.

B. DENDRIMERIC COMPOUNDS

Dendrimers can be ideal building blocks for biomedical applications,because of their precise architecture, high loading capacity, tunablesolubility, immunogenicity, and bioconjugation capability. [Gillies, E.R.; Frechet, J. M. J. Drug Discov. Today 2005, 10, 35.; Lee, C. C.;MacKay, J. A.; Fréchet, J. M. J.; Szoka, F. C. Nat. Biotechnol. 2005,23, 1517.] The combination of the unique properties of dendrimers withmembrane-permeable guanidino groups can lead to a moreefficient-synthesis of membrane-permeable carrier molecules possessinghigh efficiency, for example, for bulk production.

The compounds of the invention are desirably based upon a compact, highbranching multiplicity dendrimer, for example, the classic Newkome-typedendrimer. [Newkome, G. R.; Behera, R. K.; Moorefield, C. N.; Baker, G.R. J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 7162.] Newkome type dendrimers are typically1→3 C-branched polyamide macromolecules, built from “Behera's Amine”monomer or its derivatives, and can be attached to a variety of startingcores, surfaces, and polymers.

It is also understood that the compounds of the invention can betailored to enhance accumulation in specific sublocations of cells, suchas the nucleus, the cytosol, or the mitochondria. Tailoring can be theselection of chemical moieties or groups having an affinity for atargeted subcellular region of a cell, for example an organelle, and thefunctionalization of the compounds with the selected chemical moietiesor groups. Such tailoring of the compound structure can be accomplishedusing organic synthetic methodology know to those of skill in the art.

In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds comprising thestructure:

and at least one guanidinium residue, wherein m is zero or a positiveinteger. In certain aspects, m can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 and eachresidue can be substituted or unsubstituted. In a further aspect, m is1.

In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds comprising thestructure:

wherein n and o are, independently, zero or a positive integer; whereinR¹ and R² are, independently, hydrogen, oxygen, alkyl, acyl, thioacyl,or carbonyl; wherein R³ is hydrogen, alkyloxycarbonyl, or alkyl; R⁴ ishydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl; wherein R⁵ and R⁶ are, independently,hydrogen, or alkyl; and wherein R⁷ is hydrogen or alkyloxycarbonyl.

In a further aspect, the compounds can comprise the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R¹ and R² are,independently, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, alkyl, acyl, thioacyl,carbonyl, or amine; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl; and wherein R⁴ ishydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyl, or acyl. In certain aspects, n canbe 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9. In a further aspect, n is 1 or 5. Ina further aspect, R⁴ can be hydrogen or alkyloxycarbonyl. In a furtheraspect, R⁷ is Boc, for example, t-Boc.

In one aspect, the compound comprises the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R¹ and R² are,independently, hydrogen, amino, hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl,carbonyl, or thioacyl; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl; and wherein R⁴is hydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl.

C. METHODS OF MAKING DENDRIMERIC COMPOUNDS

The disclosed methods typically employ a divergent method to prepare aG-1 dendrimer scaffold with nine end functionalities. Although theNewkome type dendrimer is well known, one of the drawbacks for a broaderapplication of conventional methods is the elaborate synthesis of themonomer. In contrast, the “Behera's amine” gives the most compact, lowmolecular weight polyamide dendrimer possible; achieving the necessarynine end functionalities in just one generation of dendritic growth. Asset forth below and in the Experimental section, following synthesis ofthe monomer through improved hydrogenation and work-up procedures, theG-1 dendritic non-acid scaffold can be prepared in high yields (seeFIGS. 6A and 6B).

In order to introduce the guanidinium groups to the dendrimer exterioras shown in FIG. 11, the nine carboxylic acid groups were firstconverted into nine protected amine groups, by reaction with, forexample, N-Boc ethylendiamine and N-Boc-1,6-diaminehexane through amidecoupling reactions. After removal of the protecting groups, the ninefree amines can be reacted with a guandinylating reagent [Feichtinger,K.; Sings, H. L.; Baker, T. J.; Matthews, K.; Goodman, M. J. Org. Chem.1998, 63, 8432.] to give a guanidinylated dendritic scaffold in highyield.

For uptake evaluation and imaging function, a fluorophore can beconjugated to the focal point of the molecular transporter. Theattachment of a fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) moiety to theguanidinylated scaffold can be achieved with a reduction of the nitrogroup at the focal point to an amino group via hydrogenation at roomtemperature in quantitative yields, followed by direct reaction withFITC to form the Boc-protected FITC-labeled guanidino-dendrimer. Afterdeprotection of the Boc-protected guanidine groups, FITC-labeleddendritic molecules can be obtained and further purified by dialysis orHPLC.

In one aspect, the invention relates to methods of preparing compoundshaving the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9, wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl,wherein R⁴ and R⁷ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyl,or acyl; wherein R⁷ is hydrogen, alkyl, or acyl; wherein Y comprises anitro group, an amine group, an amide group, azide group, or analkyloxycarbonyl protected amine group or a derivative thereof, themethod comprising the steps of providing a first compound comprising thestructure:

wherein X comprises OH, halogen, or OC(O)-alkyl; coupling the firstcompound with at least about three molar equivalents of a secondcompound comprising the structure:

wherein G¹ is an ester-protecting group; removing the ester-protectinggroup; reacting the product of step (c) with at least about three molarequivalents of a third compound comprising the structure:

wherein G² is an amine-protecting group; removing the amine-protectinggroup; and functionalizing the product of step (e) with at least threemolar equivalents of a guanidine-providing agent.

In a further aspect, the guanidine-providing agent comprises at leastone of N,N′-diBoc-N″-triflylguanidine, N,N′-diCbz-N″-triflylguanidine,N,N′-dialloc-N″-triflylguanidine, N,N′-ditroc-N″-triflylguanidine,1,3-diboc-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)guanidine,N,N′-diBoc-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine,N,N′-diCbz-1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine, 1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidinehydrochloride, 1,3-diboc-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)guanidine,2-(2-aminoethyl)-1,3-diboc-guandine, or1,3-diboc-2-(carboxymethyl)guanidine

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step oftransforming Y into an amine to provide a compound comprising thestructure:

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step of removingR⁷. The removing step can be, for example, treatment with one or morereagents known to those of skill in the art for removing protectinggroups.

In one aspect, the providing step comprises synthesis of the startingmaterials. Each starting material can be obtained commercially and/orprepared by those of skill in the art from commercially availablecompounds. For example, the nitroester shown below can be prepared usingmethodology from Newkone, G. R.; Behera, R. K.; Moorefield, C. N.;Baker, G. R.; J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 7162:

In a further aspect, the ester-protecting group comprises methyl, ethyl,or t-butyl.

In a further aspect, the amine-protecting group comprises abutyloxycarbonyl group, a trifluoroacyl group, a9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group, an alloc group, or a carbobenzyloxygroup.

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step of acylatingthe amine with a compound comprising the structure:

wherein o and p are, independently, zero or a positive integer. In a yetfurther aspect, the method further comprises the step of reacting theproduct of the acylating step with a payload compound comprising atleast one amine group and at least one of a luminescent group, abiologically active group, or a pharmaceutically active group.

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step of acylatingthe amine with a fourth compound comprising the structure:

wherein o and p are, independently, zero or a positive integer, andwherein G³ is an thiol-protecting group.

In a further aspect, the thiol protecting group comprises the structure:

andwherein the fourth compound comprises the structure:

In a further aspect, the thiol-protecting group comprises the structure:

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step of removingthe thiol-protecting group, thereby providing a deprotected thiol. In ayet further aspect, the method further comprises the step of attachingthe deprotected thiol to a thiol-functionalized payload. In a stillfurther aspect, the thiol-functionalized payload comprises at least oneof a luminescent group, a biologically-active group, or apharmaceutically-active group.

D. COMPOSITIONS

In one aspect, the invention relates to compositions comprising one ormore compounds of the invention or one or more products of the methodsof the invention.

1. Intracellular Delivery Compositions

In one aspect, the invention relates to intracellular deliverycompositions comprising the general structure P-L-B—F, wherein P ispayload moiety; wherein L is a linking moiety comprising the structure:

wherein o and p are, independently, zero or a positive integer; whereinB is a branching moiety comprising the structure:

andwherein F is a functional moiety comprising at least one guanidiniumresidue. In a further aspect, p is an integer from 0 to 6, for example,0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In a further aspect, the composition comprisesat least six guanidinium residues, at least seven guanidinium residues,at least eight guanidinium residues, or at least nine guanidiniumresidues.

In one aspect, L-B—F comprises the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl;wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl or acyl; and wherein R⁷ is hydrogen, alkylor acyl.

In a further aspect, P-L-B—F comprises the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl;wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl or acyl; wherein R⁷ is hydrogen, alkyl oracyl; and wherein R⁸ comprises the structure:

a. Payloads

Typically, the compounds of the invention can be functionalized to carrya payload. In various aspects, a payload compound can be attached orassociated with a compound of the invention by covalent bonding, byionic bonding, by coordination bonding, or by hydrogen bonding. Infurther aspects, a payload compound can be associated with a compound ofthe invention by hydrophilic interactions or hydrophobic interactions.In certain aspects, a payload compound is part of a compound of theinvention, while in certain further aspects, payload compound is aseparate compound from of a compound of the invention.

In one aspect, the payload moiety bears a thiol moiety. In a furtheraspect, the payload moiety is a luminescent group. For example, theluminescent group can comprise the structure:

In certain aspects, the luminescent group is selected from a dansylgroup, a coumarin group, an FITC group, a DOTA group, a catechol group,or a DPTA group. DOTA, catechol, and/or DPTA groups can be used forcomplexing, for example, lanthanides. Catechol can be used forcomplexing, for example, quantum dots, lanthanides, metals (such as ironor copper (e.g., radioactive Cu)), ironoxides, metal oxides, and/orplatinum (e.g., cis-platinum).

In a further aspect, the payload moiety is a biologically-active group.For example, the biologically-active group can be selected from one ormore of an oligonucleotide, a plasmid DNA, a protein, an immunoglobulin,an antisense oligoDNA, a peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or a peptide. Forexample, in various aspects, the biologically-active group can compriseone or more of β-galactosidase, horseradish peroxidase, RNase,anti-apoptotic proteins Bcl-X(L)/PEA-15, catalase, green fluorescenceprotein, heat shock protein 70, human glutamate dehydrogenase,ovalbumin, neuroprotectant Bcl-xL, E2 protein, phosphorothioateantisense oligonucleotides, anti-tetanus F(ab′)₂, G protein,p16^(INK4a), caspase-3, p14^(INK4a), p27^(kip1), Bak BH3 domain peptide,cGPK-Iα inhibitory peptide, IKKβ C-terminal peptide, PKA inhibitorypeptide, MEK 1 N-terminal peptide, luciferin, RhoA, APO-BEC-1, Crerecombinase, H-Ras, Filmin-1, p16, HPC-1/syntaxin, Cdk2, E2f-1/p73/p53,influenza virus, antibodies, single chain antibodies, si-RNA, RNAderivatives, peptide 46, peptide 15, peptides that influence theimmunoresponse, mitochondrial DNA, bacteria, birdflu virus, and/orbacteria.

In a further aspect, the payload moiety is a pharmaceutically-activegroup. For example, the pharmaceutically-active group is selected from asmall molecular weight drug, a silica nanoparticle, a metalnanoparticle, a protein, a peptide, a linear polymer backbone, ahydrogel, a collapsed nanoparticle, a dendrimers, or a hyperbranchedpolymeric structure. For example, in various aspects, thepharmaceutically-active group can comprise one or more ofsuperparamagnetic iron oxide particles, doxorubicin, methotrexate,liposome, multiple sclerosis agents, cis-platinum, paclitaxel, hormones,antioxidants, antimicrobials, antibacterial agents, antidepressants,sedatives, antihypertensive drugs, antibodies, a carbohydrate-baseddrug, cardioprotective εPKC agonist peptide, Fab fragments of theanti-melanoma antibody NRML-05, pan-carcinoma antibody NRLU-10, anti-CEAimmunotoxin, liposome drugs, bromonidine, fusogenic, dendritic cellvaccines, VHL tumor suppressor peptide, HER-2, Pro-apotoxic Smacpeptide, viralcapsids, and/or bacteria.

A doxorubicin biocongujate, for example, can be synthesized by thescheme shown below:

In a still further aspect, the payload is an antibody, an intrabody,DNA, RNA, siRNA, among other biologically significant conjugates. Forexample, an antibody can be attached to the core of a discloseddendrimer, through disclosed methods. Such compositions can be used totreat viral related disorders, such as, for example, HIV or influenza,among others. A specific example of an antibody suitable for use withthe disclosed dendrimers is an IgG antibody.

A disclosed dendrimer can also be attached to a protein is associatedwith a number of disorders, including cancer. For example, a disclosedprotein-dendrimer can conjugate can be used to treat a cancer. Anexample is a p53 (tumor suppressor protein) dendrimer conjugate whichcan be capable of restoration of a mutant p53 transcriptional activity,to trigger apoptosis and stop tumor progression through the cytoplasm. Afurther example is a dendrimer-Huntingtin (protein responsible ofHuntington's disease) conjugate which can aid in the inhibition ofaberrant protein aggregation in a cellular model of Huntington'sdisease, by targeting huntingtin to the nucleus, through the action ofthe dendritic molecular transporter.

Further examples of conjugates that can be used in combination with thedisclosed dendritic transporters include M and N intrabodies for RSV,RV6-26 Fab Rotavirus, Tat (HIV-1-transcription activator) for theinhibition of viral replication by sequestering Tat in the cytoplasm.

b. Intracellular Delivery

In one aspect, the invention relates to methods of intracellulardelivery comprising administering an effective amount of one or morecompounds of the invention or one or more compositions of the inventionto a subject. The subject is a mammal, for example, a human. In afurther aspect, the subject is a cell. The delivery can be, for example,oral, transmucosal, rectal, or subcutaneous administration or, forexample, intravenous, intrathecal, intramuscular, intranasal,intraperitoneal, or intraocular injection.

2. Pharmaceutical Compositions

A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effectiveamount of one or more compounds of the invention or one or morecompositions of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrierfor administration in a mammal, for example, a human. The compositionscan be, for example, granules, powders, tablets, or capsules.

a. Dosage

The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particularpatient will depend upon a variety of factors including the compound orcomposition being administered; the disorder being treated and theseverity of the disorder; the specific composition employed; the age,body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time ofadministration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion ofthe specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugsused in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employedand like factors well known in the medical arts. If desired, theeffective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes ofadministration. Consequently, single dose compositions can contain suchamounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosagecan be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of anycontraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one ormore dose administrations daily, for one or several days.

b. Carriers

A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to sterile aqueous ornonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, as well assterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions ordispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous andnonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water,ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethyleneglycol and the like), carboxymethylcellulose and suitable mixturesthereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil) and injectable organicesters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity may be maintained, forexample, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by themaintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions andby the use of surfactants. These compositions may also contain adjuvantssuch as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, anddispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may beensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agentssuch as paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. Itcan also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodiumchloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectablepharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents,such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin, which delay absorption.Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices ofthe drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide,poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depending upon the ratio of drugto polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rateof drug release can be controlled. Depot injectable formulations arealso prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsionswhich are compatible with body tissues. The injectable formulations maybe sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retainingfilter or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterilesolid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile wateror other sterile injectable media just prior to use. Suitable inertcarriers can include sugars such as lactose. Desirably, at least 95% byweight of the particles of the active ingredient have an effectiveparticle size in the range of 0.01 to 10 micrometers.

E. SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF “BOW-TIE” DENDRITIC MOLECULARTRANSPORTERS BY ORTHOGONAL AND CLICK APPROACH

Disclosed is the synthesis and characterization of “Bow-Tie” dendriticarchitectures with orthogonally reactive groups, defined composition andfunctionality, which can be used as multi-drug carries for specificintracellular delivery. Huisgen cycloadditions or so called “click”reactions have been shown to be extremely versatile tools for advancedmacromolecular design. However, little attempt has been made to utilizethis approach to prepare multifunctional dendritic structures. In thedisclosed approach, two orthogonal protected dendritic structures arecombined by utilizing the “click” reaction. This strategy allows thecontrolled deprotection of the trifluoro protecting group to selectivelyattach the dithiopyridylpropionic acid the periphery of themacromolecule. In a further step, the BOC groups of the second dendriticscaffolds are deprotected to be guanydilated to the ethyl- or hexyllinker of the system. The bow-tie structure is the first of its kindthat consists of a molecular transporter part and drug delivery entityon the other. The chemistry applied for the construction ishigh-yielding and, thus, gives the bow-tie delivery structure in themost straightforward approach. In this fashion, nine drug molecules, forexample peptides, genes and oligonucleotides can be transported acrosscellular membranes.

Synthetic Pathway of Acid-Labile Azide-Linker-Dendron:

Synthetic Pathway for Base-Labile Alkyne-Linker-Dendron:

Bifunctional Bow-Tie Synthesis by Click Reaction:

Further Functionalization for Synthesis of Cell-Permeable Multi-DrugCarrier Conjugates:

In one aspect, the invention relates to compounds comprising thestructure:

wherein each m is independently zero or a positive integer, and whereinL is a linking moiety comprising optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted alkoxyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, oroptionally substituted heteroaryl.

In a further aspect, L comprises a structure:

wherein each n is independently selected from 0-8. That is, L cancomprise the reaction product of a “click” reaction.

In a further aspect, the compound can comprise a structure

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl;wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyl, or acyl; and whereinR⁷ is hydrogen or alkyloxycarbonyl.

In a yet further aspect, the compound can comprise the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl;wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyl, or acyl; and whereinR⁷ is hydrogen or alkyloxycarbonyl.

In a still further aspect, the compound can comprise the structure:

wherein n is an integer from 1 to 9; wherein R³ is hydrogen or alkyl;wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyl, or acyl; and whereinR⁷ is hydrogen or alkyloxycarbonyl.

In an even further aspect, the compound can comprise the structure:

wherein each n is independently an integer from 0 to 9; wherein R³ ishydrogen or alkyl; wherein R⁴ is hydrogen, or alkyloxycarbonyl, alkyl,or acyl; and wherein R⁷ is hydrogen or alkyloxycarbonyl.

It is demonstrated that the disclosed transporter (e.g., FD-2, hexyllinker) shows selectivity towards the mitochondria of a cell. (see FIG.43) The FD-1 shows selectivity towards the cell nucleus (see FIG. 42). Acommon obstacle in macromolecular drug delivery is the cellular uptakeinto cell compartments that do not release the drug delivery vector intothe cytosol or mitochondria in which the drug becomes effective. Mostother delivery pathways into the cell end up in the lysosome and do notget released (endocytosis). The therapeutic efficacy of drug moleculestypically depends on its ability to reach desired target tissues, cellsand intracellular organelles.

The mitochondria play a key role in apoptosis (cancer therapy), familialamyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS, Lou Gehrig's disease), Leberhereditary optic neuropathy (LHON), lactic acidosis, strokelike syndrome(MELAS) Huntington's disease, and Alzheimer's disease, Kearns-SayreSyndrome (KSS), myoclonic epilepsy, ragged-red fibers (MERRF), clusterof metabolic diseases (SyndromeX), progressive external opthalmophlegia(PEO) and antioxidants. By targeting the mitochondria, the disclosedcompounds, compositions, and methods can play a role in therapy orprevention of disease processes relating to mitochondria function.

When the disclosed transporter is attached to the disclosednanoparticle, it can enter the cell and also can achieve localization inthe entire cell, including the mitochondria. The nanoparticle allowsdelivering a high drug load and, thus, can facilitate delivery of smalland other molecules, such as peptides, nucleotides and such. Thestructures can be further modified with amines to allow complexationwith plasmic DNA and covalent attachment is though covalent approaches.(See FIGS. 34-39).

A nanoparticle with a number of molecular transporter moietiesconjugated to the periphery crosses the plasmic membrane and localizesin the cytosol and, particularly, in the mitochondria of the cells.Techniques are disclosed that allow the attachment of the moleculartransporter the scaffolds that increase the drug load significantly.Attachment to the “bow-tie” structure and/or the attachment tonanoparticles from intramolecular chain collapse techniques alsoincrease the drug load significantly.

The dendritic transporter allows the conjugation of nine bioactiveconjugates and the drug load is increased nine fold by attaching adendric molecule to the focal point of the dendritic moleculartransporter (bow-tie). A well-defined macromolecule is designed, that is“clicked” together in a Huisgen type reaction. The deprotection of thebasic/acidic protecting groups allows the modification to a deliverysystem with a short ethyl linker or hexyl linker before guanidylation tomaintain uptake into specific subcellular locations. The disulfidelinker is only one of the examples of a linker chemistry attached to thedrug part of the bow-tie structure. All other linkers presented can beapplied as well.

The drug load can be increased nine-fold by attaching a dendric moleculeto the focal point of the dendritic molecular transporter (bow-tie). Awell-defined macromolecule is designed, that is “clicked” together in aHuisgen type reaction. The deprotection of the basic/acidic protectinggroups allows the modification to a delivery system with a short ethyllinker or hexyl linker before guanidylation to maintain uptake intospecific subcellular locations.

Here, the drug load can be increased to a theoretical amount of 100-300positions to conjugate small molecule drugs, peptides, oligonucleotidesand more. The functionalization of the particle with a varied amount ofamines allows together with the attachment of transporter allows thedevelopment of a gene delivery system. A “drug” can also be conjugatedthough a disulfide bond in a covalent conjugation approach. For example,proteins can be delivered. (See FIGS. 47, 48, 50, and 51).

F. ORGANIC QUANTUM DOTS VIA INTRAMOLECULAR CHAIN COLLAPSE

The synthesis and application of polymeric nanoparticles has attractedsignificant attention due to, in part, the realization thatfunctionalized nanoparticles can be considered as building blocks for avariety of nanotechnological applications, ranging from vectors for drugand DNA delivery systems to templating agents for nanoporousmicroelectronic materials. Typical strategies for preparingnanoparticles can be broadly classified into two main approaches,top-down approaches where emulsion polymerization techniques result inparticles from 20 to 50 nm and bottom-up approaches which either rely onthe synthesis of discrete spherical macromolecules such as dendrimers(1-10 nm) or the self-assembly of linear block copolymers into polymericmicelles followed by chemical cross-linking to give nanoparticles withtypical dimensions ranging from 20 to 200 nm. As a consequence, theability to routinely prepare nanoparticles in the 5-20 nm size range islimited.

To address this issue, strategies involving the collapse andintramolecular coupling of single-polymer chains to give discretenanoparticles have been developed. However, typical intramolecular chaincollapse strategies can fail to provide resultant nanoparticles withsatisfactory functionality. Moreover, these strategies can also fail toprovide reactive monomers capable of undergoing the requisiteintramolecular chain collapse at desirable temperatures and/or underdesirable conditions. In contrast, the disclosed methods and compoundsaddress these shortcomings.

1. Copolymers for Intramolecular Chain Collapse

“Organic quantum dots” can be formed from AB-block, ABA-block, andgraft-type copolymers via intramolecular chain collapse (see FIG. 17 andFIG. 18). Such organic quantum dots can comprise a functional moiety,e.g. a color-tunable semiconducting block (see FIG. 19, FIG. 20, andFIG. 21). Methods and compositions for preparing copolymers capable ofundergoing intramolecular chain collapse are known and described in, forexample, Harth et al., “A Facile Approach to Architecturally DefinedNanoparticles via Intramolecular Chain Collapse,” J. Am. Chem. Soc.,2002, 124, 8653-8660, which is incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety.

The field of living free radical polymerizations, where the high degreeof control is a result of equilibrium between dormant and reactivepropagating radicals, can be useful for developing strategies fornanoparticle formation. In such polymerizations, the reactive radicalchain ends are present in extremely low concentrations. This generalconcept, that is, only the reactive species need to be at ultra-diluteconcentrations, can be applied to the formation of nanoparticles byintramolecular coupling. In this case, the linear polymer, whichcontains numerous latent coupling groups along the backbone, can beadded slowly to a heated solvent in which the coupling groups are eitherthermally or chemically activated. As a consequence, the traditionalconditions of ultrahigh dilution typically need only be met for thereactive intermediates and not for the polymers themselves. Followingthis coupling event, the nanoparticles are typically unreactive tofurther coupling reaction, which allows their concentration to increaseto relatively high levels, (0.1-1.0 M) without intermolecularcross-linking reactions leading to gelation or coupling of individualnanoparticles. The ability to work at 0.1-1.0 M concentrations can becompared to the typically impractical concentration levels (ca. 10⁻⁶ M)required for traditional ultrahigh dilution techniques.

The nature of the cross-linking group can be important; it can beselectively activated and react rapidly, leading to efficientintramolecular bond formation. It can also be important that thisreaction is irreversible and leads to a coupled structure that issubsequently unreactive under the reaction conditions. To fulfill thesegoals, attention was directed to the benzocyclobutene group (BCB), whichhas found wide use as a latent Diels-Alder reagent in organic synthesisand in the formulation of thermosetting materials. Upon heating, thebenzocyclobutene group, Q1, undergoes ring opening to give a relativelyreactive o-quinoid structure, Q2, which primarily reacts via anirreversible dimerization reaction to form the dibenzocyclooctadienederivative, Q3, as well as a mixture of unidentified oligomericmaterials (FIG. 22). The direct result of this chemistry is theselective formation of cross-links from the coupling of two or morebenzocyclobutene units. Having identified the benzocyclobutenefunctionality as the critical coupling group for the preparation ofnanoparticles, the desired monomer, 4-vinylbenzocyclobutene, Q4, wasprepared from 4-bromobenzocyclobutene, Q5, by initial Grignard formationfollowed by reaction with N,N-dimethylformamide to give the aldehyde,Q6. Wittig coupling of Q6 with methyltriphenylphosphonium bromideafforded the desired styrene derivative, Q4, in high yield (FIG. 23).The incorporation of the cyclobutene group into the monomer, Q4, did notdecrease its stability when compared to styrene, and Q4 proved to bestable to a wide variety of reaction conditions. One key to the successof this intramolecular chain collapse strategy is the minimization orelimination of intermolecular cross-linking between BCB groups ondifferent chains. Since the balance between intramolecular coupling andintermolecular cross-linking can be influenced by the number andplacement of BCB units along the polymeric backbone, accurate control ofthe starting linear polymers structure also can be important. To achievethis and to permit a wide variety of linear polymers to be convenientlyprepared, the polymerization of the desired monomer,4-vinylbenzocyclobutene, Q4, was examined under living free radicalconditions. Copolymerization of Q4 with vinyl monomers such as styrene,methyl methacrylate, or n-butyl acrylate in the presence of theR-hydrido alkoxyamine, Q7, proved to be a controlled procedure, leadingto random incorporation of the reactive BCB units and lowpolydispersities for the resulting copolymers, Q8 (FIG. 24). Atmolecular weights less than 120000 amu the polydispersities for theserandom copolymers were 1.08-1.16, which increased to 1.19-1.26 formolecular weights above 200 000 amu. This increased polydispersity isdue, at least on part, to the significantly reduced concentration ofinitiating groups at these high molecular weights and has been observedpreviously for both ATRP- and nitroxide-mediated procedures. TheBCB-functionalized polystyrene derivatives, Q8, can be readilycharacterized by standard techniques and incorporation of the BCB unitsmonitored by ¹H NMR which showed characteristic aliphatic resonances forthe cyclobutene ring at 3.10 ppm. Intramolecular collapse was thenexamined under traditional ultrahigh dilution techniques. For this, asolution of a 80:20 styrene/BCB random copolymer, Q8 (Mw=95 000;PDI=1.11) in dibenzyl ether was heated at a variety of concentrationsunder N₂ for 30 min at 250° C. As can be seen in FIG. 25, at very lowconcentrations of BCB groups, ca. 5.0×10⁻⁵ M (see inset, FIG. 25),intermolecular cross-linking becomes apparent as evidenced by theincrease in molecular weight of the product from its base value of 65000for a discrete nanoparticle due to chain-chain coupling. This ability toreadily identify chain-chain coupling has been previously observed fordendrimer chemistry where even minor amounts of intermolecular couplingcan be easily detected by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Thisability is due to the molecular weight doubling on chain-chain coupling,and the combination of this feature with the low polydispersity of theinitial chains results in a lower limit of ca. 1-2% of intermolecularcross-linking being readily detected as a higher molecular shoulderunder standard GPC conditions. At higher concentrations of ca. 9.0×10⁻³M crosslinking to a swollen gel occurs very rapidly due to the largenumber of BCB functional groups along the polymeric backbone. Whilethese concentrations are comparable to results obtained with othertraditional ultra-high dilution techniques, the results are in starkcontrast to the continuous addition strategy. In this approach, aconcentrated solution ([BCB]=0.2 M) of the same starting linear polymer,Q8, is continuously added via a peristaltic pump to a high-boilingsolvent, such as dibenzyl ether, heated at 250° C. to give a final BCBconcentration of 0.05 M. After addition, the solvent is removed, and thenanoparticles, Q9, are isolated using normal precipitation techniques(FIG. 26). No gelation or intermolecular crosslinking is observed underthese conditions, and only after increasing the final concentration ofBCB groups to 0.12 M were minor amounts of nanoparticle couplingobserved. The ability to successfully conduct these chain-collapsereactions at final BCB concentrations of 0.01-0.1 M represents anincrease of 3-4 orders of magnitude when compared to the traditionalultrahigh dilution strategy (FIG. 25). This permits multigram samples tobe prepared on a routine basis with standard laboratory equipment, adramatic improvement compared to previous approaches.

One significant feature of the above concentration studies is thereduction in hydrodynamic volume of the random coil linear polymer onintramolecular collapse to give the final nanoparticle. In the aboveexample, the original linear polymer has a molecular weight, Mw of 95000amu; however, upon reaction the macromolecule decreases in size to givea nanoparticle with an apparent or polystyrene equivalent MW of 65000amu. Dynamic light scattering was also employed to follow this decreasein size, and a reduction in the hydrodynamic radius, Rh from 8.7 to 6.6nm, was observed upon intramolecular collapse. Since essentially nobyproducts are produced during this reaction and no molecular weightlost, this decrease can only be due to a change in the architecture ofthe macromolecule from a random coil to a nanoparticle. Again, this isconsistent with dendrimer chemistry where the compact, three-dimensionaldendritic structure leads to an apparent molecular weight which issignificantly smaller than the actual molecular weight. Furtherconfirmation of the structural change was obtained from NMR studies; ofparticular note is the observed absence of unreacted BCB units in thefinal nanoparticles, Q9. As shown in FIG. 27, comparison of the ¹H NMRspectra for the starting linear polymer, Q8, and the nanoparticle, Q9,shows the prominent resonance for the aliphatic protons of thecyclobutene group at 3.10 ppm in the former, which completely disappearafter collapse, and a broad resonance at 2.0-3.0 ppm is observed. Thisis consistent with ring opening of the benzocyclobutene group andcoupling to give cyclooctane derivatives and higher aliphatic coupledoligomers. A direct consequence of this ring opening is that the BCBgroups undergo reaction to give dimers and oligomers that do not undergoany further coupling chemistry. This fulfils one of the requirementsdiscussed above for a successful intramolecular chain collapse reactionand permits the substantial build-up of product in the final reactionmixture. The lack of reactivity can also be demonstrated by repeatedthermal cycling of the isolated nanoparticles, which results in noobservable change in physical properties such as molecular weight, NMRspectra, and so forth. Formation of the nanoparticles also leads to anincrease in the glass transition temperature of the nanoparticles whencompared to the starting linear polymers. The BCB functionalized linearpolystyrenes, Q8, show Tg's similar to that observed for polystyrene,ca. 100-105° C., while the glass transition temperature for thenanoparticles, Q9, increase by ca. 20° C. to 120-130° C. at 20% BCBincorporation with an associated broadening of the transition. All ofthe above data is consistent with the intramolecular collapse of arandom coil linear polymer to give a single, higher densitynanoparticle.

One unique feature of being able to tailor the nanoparticle via thestarting linear polymer was then examined in detail using threedifferent series of polystyrene derivatives, ca. 44000; 110000; and230000 amu containing varying levels of BCB incorporation from 1.25 to30% (Table 1). Under the continuous addition technique described above,conversion of the linear polymers to nanoparticles was a facile processat all molecular weights and percent BCB incorporations studied. Atconcentrations of up to 0.01-0.1 M, no indication of intermolecularcrosslinking was observed, and in each case the GPC trace shifted tolower hydrodynamic volumes. As can be seen in FIG. 28, for the samemolecular weight of the starting linear polymer, Q8, a systematicdecrease in the hydrodynamic volume of the nanoparticles is observed onincreasing the percent of benzocyclobutene groups, which is consistentwith an increase in the level of intramolecular coupling and a moreglobular, three-dimensional structure. A further pertinent feature ofFIG. 28 (b-e) is the symmetrical nature/low PDI of the GPC traces forthe nanoparticles and the associated lack of higher-molecular weightshoulders. This demonstrates that even at high BCB loadings, ca. 25 mol%, no detectable amount of intermolecular cross-linking is occurring.

TABLE 1 Comparison of the Polystyrene Equivalent Molecular Weights andPDI for the Starting Linear Polymers, Q8, and the Final Nanoparticles,Q9 linear nanoparticle composition Mw PDI Mw PDI % BCB Sty/BCB 440001.09 41700 1.09 2.50 Sty/BCB 44500 1.08 38200 1.12 5.00 Sty/BCB 455001.09 29100 1.11 10.00 Sty/BCB 43500 1.10 20700 1.12 15.00 Sty/BCB 440001.07 18500 1.12 20.00 Sty/BCB 110500 1.15 103000 1.17 1.25 Sty/BCB113000 1.12 94500 1.19 2.50 Sty/BCB 109000 1.14 79300 1.18 5.00 Sty/BCB108000 1.15 59800 1.18 7.50 Sty/BCB 112000 1.10 56000 1.19 10.00 Sty/BCB110000 1.16 44200 1.16 15.00 Sty/BCB 111000 1.11 42800 1.15 20.00Sty/BCB 112000 1.12 40500 1.09 25.00 Sty/BCB 231000 1.23 189800 1.261.25 Sty/BCB 235000 1.25 174000 1.22 2.50 Sty/BCB 228000 1.22 1090001.26 5.00 Sty/BCB 230000 1.19 98000 1.18 7.50 Sty/BCB 233000 1.26 915001.16 10.00 Sty/BCB 231000 1.24 81000 1.17 12.50 Sty/BCB 235000 1.2380300 1.19 15.00 Sty/BCB 230000 1.21 66000 1.17 20.00 Sty/BCB 2290001.24 62000 1.25 25.00 Sty/BCB 234000 1.23 63500 1.16 30.00

Analysis of the trends within each series showed that the percentreduction in hydrodynamic volume increases with both increasing molarpercentage of BCB and the molecular weight of the starting linearpolymer. In each case, the actual molecular weight of the cross-linkedmacromolecules is significantly greater than the apparent molecularweight. For example, a 70/30 styrene/BCB random copolymer with aninitial molecular weight, Mw=234000 (PDI=1.23) gives a nanoparticle witha polystyrene equivalent molecular weight, Mw=63500 (PDI=1.16) whichrepresents a reduction in hydrodynamic volume of 73%. The actualmolecular weight of the final nanoparticle was also determined by lightscattering and found to be 230000, which is within experimental error ofthat of the starting linear polymer which demonstrates that the actualmolecular weights of the starting linear polymer and the finalnanoparticles are approximately the same. This collapse and associatedchange in hydrodynamic volume is therefore due to the formation of up to310 intramolecular links per nanoparticle, assuming that each activatedBCB group reacts with one other activated BCB group. Interestingly, allplots are of a similar shape and seem to reach a plateau of between 65and 75% reduction in apparent molecular weight (FIG. 29). It should alsobe noted that in the control experiments, heating polystyrene with 0%BCB incorporation resulted in no detectable change in thechromatographic or spectral properties of the polymers.

Examination of the data in Table 1 also demonstrates the inherentversatility of this approach in controlling the size of the finalnanoparticle. Not only can the size and cross-link density of thenanoparticle be controlled by the level of BCB incorporation, but themolecular weight of the starting linear polymer also plays a key role indetermining the hydrodynamic volume of the final nanoparticle. Forexample, a polystyrene derivative with a 10% incorporation of BCB and amolecular weight, Mw, of 112000 gives a nanoparticle with a Rh of 6.2nm. Increasing the molecular weight, Mw, of the starting linear polymerto 233 000 while still retaining the 10% incorporation of BCB gives alarger nanoparticle with a Rh of 9.5 nm. In turn, a polystyrenederivative with an analogously higher molecular weight of 229000 butwith a 25% incorporation of BCB gives a nanoparticle with a Rh of 6.4nm, very similar to the first example with a lower molecular weight(117000) and level of BCB incorporation (10%). A consequence of this isthat the size and physical characteristics of the final nanoparticle canbe directly dictated by the structure and functionality of the startinglinear polymer. The versatile nature of this intramolecular chaincollapse approach to nanoparticles coupled with the ability to prepare awide variety of linear polymers by living free radical techniques alsoopens up the possibility of preparing well-defined nanoparticlesincorporating functional groups, nonstryrenic monomers, or differentmacromolecular architectures. As shown in Table 2, starting linearpolymers based on methyl methacrylate (MMA) or n-butyl acrylate (n-BuA)can be employed as the backbone polymer with no change in the efficiencyof the intramolecular collapse process. For example, copolymerization ofan 85:15 mixture of n-butyl acrylate and the vinyl BCB derivative, Q4,in the presence of the alkoxyamine initiator, 7, proceeds smoothly togive the well-defined random copolymer, Q10, with a molecular weight, Mwof 75000 and a polydispersity of 1.09. Addition of a concentratedsolution of Q10 (0.1 M) to dibenzyl ether, heated at 250° C. gives apoly(n-butyl acrylate) nanoparticle, Q11, with an apparent molecularweight, Mw of 33 500 and a polydispersity of 1.09. (FIG. 30). Therelative selectivity of the thermal procedure used to activate the BCBgroup also allows other functional groups such as chloromethylsubstituents to be introduced into the linear polymer, thereby leadingto functionalized nanoparticles.

TABLE 2 Comparison of Molecular Weight (Linear Standard Equivalent) andPDI for the Starting Functionalized Linear Polymers, Q10, and the FinalNanoparticles, Q11 linear nanoparticle composition Mw PDI Mw PDI % BCBMMA/BCB 52500 1.17 36500 1.14 10.00 MMA/BCB 54500 1.12 28000 1.11 15.00MMA/BCB 56000 1.13 26900 1.13 20.00 n-BuA/BCB 74500 1.10 58100 1.12 5.00n-BuA/BCB 77500 1.12 45700 1.14 10.00 n-BuA/BCB 75000 1.09 33500 1.0915.00 n-BuA/BCB 73000 1.09 27800 1.10 20.00 Sty/Cl-Sty/BCB^(a) 1010001.18 73500 1.20 5.00 Sty/Cl-Sty/BCB^(a) 92000 1.14 48500 1.13 10.00Sty/Cl-Sty/BCB^(a) 85000 1.14 34000 1.17 20.00 PEG-Sty/BCB^(b) 920001.13 70500 1.10 5.0 PEG-Sty/BCB^(b) 95000 1.11 52000 1.09 10.0PEG-Sty/BCB^(b) 89500 1.12 36500 1.14 20.0 ^(a)10 mol % incorporation ofp-chloromethylstyrene ^(b)PEG block, Mn = 5000; PDI = 1.06.

It should, however, be also noted that this intramolecular collapseprocedure is not limited to simple linear random copolymers. Additionalstructural features can be built into the starting materials, which arethen translated into the nanoparticle structure. For example, blockcopolymers can potentially be used in such an approach, and if thereactive BCB groups are contained in only one of the blocks, novelmacromolecular architectures can be prepared in which a controllednumber of linear chains, one or two for AB and ABA block copolymersrespectively, are attached to the nanoparticle. To test this hypothesis,functionalized poly(styrene)-b-poly(ethylene glycol) AB block copolymerswere prepared by living free radical procedures. The alkoxyaminesubstituted poly(ethylene glycol) macroinitiator, Q12, was obtained byreaction of the sodium salt of monomethylpoly(ethylene glycol), Q13(Mn=5000, PDI=1.06), with the chloromethyl substituted alkoxyamine, Q14.The macroinitiator, Q12, was then used to initiate the polymerization ofa mixture of styrene and Q4 at 120° C. to give the desired AB blockcopolymer, Q15, which contains the cross-linking BCB units in the secondblock only (FIG. 31). Reaction of Q15 under continuous additionconditions then results in the selective intramolecular collapse of thesecond block to give a novel hybrid linear-nanoparticle architecture,Q16, in which a single water soluble PEG linear chain is attached to athree-dimensional cross-linked polystyrene nanoparticle, similar instructure to that of hybrid dendritic-linear block copolymers. As can beseen in FIG. 32, the effect of intramolecular collapse is clearlyevident in the shift of the GPC trace for the starting poly(ethyleneglycol)-b-poly(styrene-co-benzocyclobutene), Q15, (Mw=95000, PDI=1.11)to that of the final hybrid nanoparticle-linear block copolymer, Q16,(Mw=52000, PDI=1.09) and demonstrates the controlled nature of thisprocedure. The solubility of these hybrid block copolymers were similarto that for the parent polystyrene nanoparticles, which can be due tothe relatively small size of the PEG block.

2. Approaches in the Development of 3-D Nanoscopic, Multimodal Vectors

Nanoscopic particle design strategies (see, e.g., Huang, H.; Remsen, E.E.; Kowalewski, T.; Wooley, K. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121, 3805) todevelop multimodal architectures are still limited, and theunderstanding of key problems in biology and medicine will be one of thedriving forces to implement materials to execute biological functions.See Lui, M.; Frechet, J. M. J. Pharm. Sci. Technol Today. 1999, 2, 393.The same care used for these designs can be applied to polymericnanostructures with applications in imaging and device technologies.

First, highly versatile, biocompatible, building blocks from vinylpolymers with pendant amino acids as linear precursors were prepared.The approach mimics and facilitates pathways mediated in nature andallows the construction and investigation of collapsed supramolecularobjects as well as nanoparticles with distinct and permanent shapes.These multifunctional nanoparticles are poised to become powerful toolsfor the targeted drug delivery with ScFv antibodies directed towardsradiation-inducted antigens within the microvasculature. See Hallahan,D.; Geng, L.; Qu, S.; Scafone, C.; Giorgio, T.; Donnely, E.; Gao, X.;Claton, J. Cancer Cell. 2003, 3, 63. Lu, S. X.; Cebe, P.; Capel, M.Macromolecules 1997, 30(20), 6243. Multiple functionalities within thepolymer backbone allow the attachment of anticancer drugs and thecomplexation of imaging reagents which engage the catechol units,including MRI reagents and radioactive compounds. As mentioned above,one result of this work is the development of synthetic platforms whichhold the potential to be multifaceted in their application. Thechemistries, which were applied, provide the opportunities to makepioneering steps towards “organic quantum dots” in the nanoscopic rangeof 5-15 nm and 60-100 nm. It is also contemplated that the incorporationof lanthanides can make these particles attractive objects to study interms of their magnetic and fluorescent properties.

The synthesis of the multifunctional, biocompatible 3-D nanoparticlesbegan with the preparation of random copolymers with pendant aminoacids.See Hatanaka, K. Y.; Miyahara, S.; Sato, T.; Ono, F.; Uryu, T.;Kuzuhara, H. J. Med. Chem., 1987, 30, 810. Living free radicaltechniques were applied, such as nitroxide-medicated polymerization(NMP; see Smolders, W.; Monteiro, M. J. Macromolecules, 2004, 12, 34.Hawker, C. J.; Bosman, A.; Harth, E. Chem. Rev. 2001, 101, 12) as wellas Reversible Addition Chain Transfer Fragmentation (RAFT). N-Acrylamino acids gave polymers with narrow molecular weight distributionswith polydispersities in the range of 1.15-1.28. The most successfulRAFT polymerizations were observed in the presence of 2-cyanopentanoicacid dithiobenzoate as a dithioester chain transfer reagent. See Croce,T., Funk, M.; Adkins, C.; Harth, E. Poly. Prep, ACS Fall 2005. Inexperiments with NMP techniques, similar control was observed, but thepolymerization appeared to be more sensitive towards the selectedmonomer conformation. The formation of the 3-D structures can berealized with the new vinyl benzosulfone crosslinking units, whichresult in non-reversible C—C bonds and are powerful alternatives to thewell-known benzocyclobutene precursor. See Harth, E.; van Horn, B.; Lee,V. Y.; Germack, D. S.; Gonzales, C. P.; Miller, R. D.; Hawker, C. J. J.Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 123, 8653. The nanoparticles in the range of 10-14nm can be functionalized with spacer units to provide the optimumspecific binding to expressed neo-antigens and show functionalities forthe attachment of fluorophores for the first round of studies. The novelcrosslinker was incorporated as well into vinyl polymer backbonesgrowing from a fluorine-based (see McGehee, M.; Heeger, A. Adv.Materials, 200, 1655) macroinitiator via NMP polymerization. Thepolystyrene blocks contained 10% crosslinking units and the resultingpolymer could be prepared in the targeted MW of 20K (2:1:2).

3. O-Chinodimethane Crosslinking Precursors

Benzosulfone derivatives can serve as precursors for o-chinodimethaneintermediates to form nanoparticles via an intra-molecular chaincollapse process. In a five-step synthesis the sulfone functionality wasintroduced over the oxidation of sulfides formed by a nucleophilicsubstitution reaction of 3,4-dimethyl benzobromine. A Heck Reaction canserve as an excellent method to transform the arylbromine derivativeinto the final vinylbenzosulfone in one step. The compatibility of thenovel crosslinker towards living free radical polymer procedures can beconfirmed, and the formation of monodisperse nanoparticles demonstratedthe feasibility of the new crosslinker.

The number and diversity of techniques to create well defined polymericarchitectures has led the foundation to built more refined structureswith multifaceted, cross disciplinary applications. The fascination toprepare 3-D nanostructures stems from the desire to benefit from theshape and thereby the function in a biological environment or artificialsystem. In order to control a range of different size dimensions in thenanoscale a number of techniques have been recently successfullyinvestigated and applied. Recently, the synthesis of nanoparticles inthe size dimension of 5-10 nm was reported implementing anintramolecular chain collapse process of one linear polymer. The foldedlinear polymer is locked into the 3-D architecture by covalentcrosslinking units incorporated into the polymer. The copolymerizedcrosslinking units are thermally activated and form a highly reactiveo-chinodimethane unit from benzocyclobutene derivatives. However, thecopolymerized crosslinking monomer, vinyl benzocyclobutene is not easilyaccessible and requires a multistep synthesis with over all low yields.In response to the demand to find alternative crosslinking units withthe same features but more convenient synthesis, benzothiophen-dioxidederivatives as potential o-chinodimethane precursors were identified.Benzothiophene derivatives are well known structures to fromo-chinodimethanes upon heating at 250° C. under the loss of SO₂ and canbe prepared in a number of different ways described in the literature.In contrast to known benzothiophene derivatives, a novel bromesubstituted benzothiophen-dioxide derivative was converted into thedesired vinylbenzodevivate crosslinking monomer. In order to overcomedifficult synthetic steps, a one step procedure was developed in which amodified Heck coupling reaction provides the vinyl derivative in highyields. Additionally, this novel reaction can be applied to thepreparation of other monomer and is poised to open up novelopportunities to combine the crucial vinyl functionality to performliving free radical polymerization procedures with demanding moietiesfor the further utilization of macromolecules. The novel benzosulfonecrosslinking unit was proved to be compatible with standard living freeradical polymerization conditions. The intramolecular chain collapseprocess of polystyrene polymers with a variety of crosslinking unitsgave well defined monodisperse nanoparticles in the 5-10 nm dimension.

4. Compounds

a. Reactive Moieties

In one aspect, the invention relates to a compound comprising thestructure:

wherein R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(12a), and R^(12b) are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, andR¹⁶ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl,acyl, or carbonyl, with the proviso that at least one of R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵,or R¹⁶ is a polymerizable group; and wherein the compound eliminates SO₂to form a reactive intermediate at a reaction temperature. In a furtheraspect, at least one of R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, and R¹⁶ is alkenyl or alkynyl. Ina yet further aspect, R¹⁴ is vinyl. In a still further aspect, R^(11a),R^(11b), R^(12a), and R^(12b) are hydrogen. In a still further aspect,R¹⁴ is vinyl and R¹³, R¹⁵, and R¹⁶ are hydrogen.

In one aspect, the compound comprises the structure:

In a further aspect, the compound undergoes polymerization at apolymerization temperature. In one aspect, the polymerizationtemperature is less than the reaction temperature. In a further aspect,the reaction temperature is less than about 250° C. In a still furtheraspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 225° C. In a yetfurther aspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 20° C. In afurther aspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 175° C. In astill further aspect, the reaction temperature is from about 175° C. toabout 250° C.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a compound comprising thestructure:

wherein X¹ is hydroxyl, primary amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino,thiol, or carboxyl; wherein n is zero or a positive integer; whereinR^(21a), R^(21b), R^(22a), and R^(22b), R^(23a), and R^(23b) are,independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein X²is oxygen, secondary nitrogen, tertiary nitrogen, or sulfur; whereinR²⁴, R^(25a), R^(25b), R²⁶, R²⁷, R²⁸, and R²⁹ are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; andwherein the cyclobutane ring undergoes ring opening to form a reactiveintermediate at a reaction temperature.

In a further aspect, n is an integer from 0 to 4. In a yet furtheraspect, n is 0, 1, or 2. In a still further aspect, X² is oxygen. In afurther aspect, R²⁴, R^(25a), and R^(25b) are hydrogen. In a yet furtheraspect, R²⁶, R²⁷, R²⁸, and R²⁹ are hydrogen.

In a further aspect, the compound comprises the structure:

In a further aspect, n is 0, 1, or 2. In a yet further aspect, thereaction temperature is less than about 15° C. In a still furtheraspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 125° C. In a yetfurther aspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 115° C. In astill further aspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 110°C. In a further aspect, the reaction temperature is from about 100° C.to about 150° C.

In a further aspect, the invention relates to a polymer or an oligomercomprising at least one residue of at least one disclosed compound.

b. Compounds Capable of Forming an O-Quinoid Moiety

In a further aspect, the invention relates to a compound capable offorming a reactive intermediate comprising an o-quinoid moiety at areaction temperature of less than about 175° C. In a further aspect, thereaction temperature is less than about 150° C. In a yet further aspect,the reaction temperature is less than about 125° C. In a still furtheraspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 115° C. In oneaspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 110° C. In a furtheraspect, the reaction temperature is from about 100° C. to about 150° C.

In a further aspect, the compound comprises the structure:

wherein R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(12a), and R^(12b) are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, andR¹⁶ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl,acyl, or carbonyl, with the proviso that at least one of R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵,or R¹⁶ is a polymerizable group; and wherein the compound eliminates SO₂to form a reactive intermediate at a reaction temperature.

In a further aspect, the compound comprises the structure:

wherein X¹ is hydroxyl, primary amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino,thiol, or carboxyl; wherein n is zero or a positive integer; whereinR^(21a), R^(21b), R^(22a), and R^(22b), R^(23a), and R^(23b) are,independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein X²is oxygen, secondary nitrogen, tertiary nitrogen, or sulfur; whereinR²⁴, R^(25a), R^(25b), R²⁶, R²⁷, R²⁸, and R²⁹ are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; andwherein the cyclobutane ring undergoes ring opening to form a reactiveintermediate at a reaction temperature.

In a further aspect, the invention relates to a polymer or an oligomercomprising at least one residue of at least one disclosed compound.

c. Low Temperature Crosslinker

In one aspect, the invention relates to a low temperature crosslinker.That is, the invention relates to a reactive moiety capable ofundergoing reaction to form a reactive intermediate and, thus, undergointramolecular chain collapse at a relatively low temperature and/or inresponse to a stimulus. In one aspect, the low temperature crosslinkerscomprise reactive moieties suitable for incorporation in polymers and/orcopolymers as pendant groups.

Exemplary low temperature crosslinkers can be prepared, for example,with the following reaction sequence.

In a further aspect, exemplary low temperature crosslinkers can beprepared, for example, with one or more of the following reactionsequences:

In a yet further aspect, exemplary low temperature crosslinkers can beprepared, for example, with the following reaction sequences.

Thus, in one aspect, the invention relates to a method for preparing anucleophile-functionalized benzocyclobutane comprising the steps of:providing a benzocyclobutane having a structure represented by aformula:

wherein R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5b) and R⁶ are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkene, alkyne, alkoxyl, hydroxyl, or carboxyl andwherein X is a leaving group; reacting the benzocyclobutene with anucleophile having a structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z¹ and Z² are, independently, hydroxyl, amino, or thiol, whereinn is an integer from 0 to 10, and wherein PG is a hydrogen or aprotecting group; and optionally, removing the protecting group, ifpresent, thereby preparing a nucleophile-functionalized benzocyclobutanehaving a structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, R⁶ is hydrogen. In a yet further aspect, R¹, R²,R³, and R⁴ are hydrogen.

In various aspects, n can be zero or a positive integer. For example, ncan be from 0 to 10, from 0 to 4, or from 2 to 4. It is understood that,in one aspect, n is the average for a distribution of alkyl moietiesand, thus, can be a non-integer.

In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step ofincorporating the nucleophile-functionalized benzocyclobutane into apolymer or oligomer. In a still further aspect, the incorporating stepis grafting the nucleophile-functionalized benzocyclobutene onto apolymer or oligomer after polymerization.

In one aspect, the leaving group, X, is a halogen. In a further aspect,X is a sulfonyl-based leaving group, for example, tosylate, brosylate,or mesylate.

In one aspect, both Z¹ and Z² are oxygen. In a further aspect, both Z¹and Z² are amino. In a yet further aspect, one of Z¹ and Z² is oxygenand one of Z¹ and Z² is amino, for example, Z¹=O and Z²=NH. In a yetfurther aspect, Z² is amino and PG is a protecting group selected frombenzyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, and2,2,2-trichloroethyloxycarbonyl. In a still further aspect, Z² is oxygenand PG is a protecting group selected from trimethylsilyl,tert-butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, acetyl, tetrahydropyran,methoxymethyl ether, β-methoxyethoxymethyl ether, p-methoxybenzyl ether,methylthiomethyl ether, and pivaloyl.

Note that the bromobenzocyclobutane intermediate can be convenientlyprepared in two steps from o-xylene. The intermediate can then bereadied for incorporation by conversion to a primary amine derivative.Alternatively, the intermediate can be readied for incorporation byconversion to a primary alcohol derivative.

In one aspect, to avoid high temperatures during the intra-molecularcrosslinking process, a crosslinking unit which can form ano-chinodimethane derivative at around 100-120° C. was developed. Incontrast to other crosslinking units, this unit can be conjugated to alinear polymer after polymerization. This allows the polymerization at124° C., which is necessary for polymerization through NMP, withoutactivating the low temperature crosslinker. Alternatively, byconjugating the unit to acrylmonomers (e.g., via esterification,amidation, or etherification) and copolymerizing, a vinyl monomer can beprepared, suitable for use in with living free radical methods allowing,for example, polymerization temperatures of 80° C. or less.

Exemplary low-temperature crosslinking units for attachment ontopolymers as pendant groups are illustrated below:

Exemplary low temperature crosslinking units synthesized as monomers forcopolymerization are illustrated below:

It is also contemplated that allyl crosslinking moieties can compriseknown polymeric chains, for example polyalkyl or polyoxalkyl.

d. Intramolecular Chain Collapse

The disclosed crosslinking units can be imparted with a stimulus (e.g.,increased temperature) to effect intramolecular chain collapse as shownbelow:

Other examples include the synthesis shown below:

5. Block Coploymers

In one aspect, the invention relates to a block copolymer comprising thestructure A-B, wherein A is an oligomeric block comprising at least tworeactive residues, and wherein B is a block comprising at least onefunctional moiety. In one aspect, B comprises substantially no reactiveresidues. That is, reactive residues are essentially absent from B. In afurther aspect, B further comprises at least one reactive residue.

In one aspect, the disclosed block copolymers relate to the disclosedcompounds.

a. Functional Moieties

In a further aspect, the functional moiety comprises a semiconductingmoiety, an imaging moiety, or a drug-delivery moiety. In a yet furtheraspect, the functional moiety comprises a semiconducting moiety. In oneaspect, the semiconducting moiety comprises one or more residuesselected from:

wherein R^(31a) and R^(31b) are, independently, hydrogen or alkyl;wherein R³² is hydrogen, alkyl, or polyalkylene glycol; and wherein m iszero or a positive integer.

In a further aspect, R^(31a) and R^(31b) are independently selected from

In one aspect, m is an integer from 1 to 20.

In one aspect, the functional moiety comprises an imaging moiety. In afurther aspect, the imaging moiety comprises are least one catechol unitfor the complexation of radioactive metals such as ⁶⁴Cu, ¹¹¹In,lanthanides, rare earth metals, iron oxide, or complexing units such asDOTA, DPTA, chromophores, nonlinear optical (NLO) materials,fluorophores, and/or other electroactive materials.

In one aspect, the functional moiety comprises a drug-delivery moiety.In a further aspect, the drug-delivery moiety bears at least one of abiologically active agent and/or a pharmaceutically active agent. In ayet further aspect, the drug-delivery moiety comprises cis-platinum,cancer drugs such as taxol, doxorubicin, abraxene, anastrozolpaclitaxel, exemestane, cyclophosphamide, epirubicin, tormifene,letrozole, trastuzumab, megestrol, nolvadex, docetaxel, capecitabine,goserelin acetate, zoledronic acid, raloxifene, faslodex. methotrexate,multiple sclerosis agents, hormones, antioxidants, antimicrobials,antibacterial agents, antidepressants, sedatives, antihypertensivedrugs, antibodies, a carbohydrate-based drug, Fab fragments of theanti-melanoma antibody NRML-05, pan-carcinoma antibody NRLU-10, anti-CEAimmunotoxin, liposome drugs, fusogenic, dendritic cell vaccines,viralcapsids, and/or bacteria. These drugs can be directly connected tothe backbone of a copolymer or conjugated with a linker. In a furtheraspect, the drug-delivery moiety can be a hypothermally-responsivemetal, for example, gold. In a still further aspect, the drug-deliverymoiety comprises at least one of a peptide and a glycoside, such asα-mannose or other sugar molecules). It is also contemplated thatfurther drug functionalities can be incorporated if capable of bondingto the disclosed compounds.

In one aspect, m is from about 5 to about 15. In a further aspect, A isfrom about 5 to about 15 residues in length. In a still further aspect,B is from about 5 to about 15 residues in length. In a yet furtheraspect, B is an oligomeric block.

In a further aspect, A further comprises at least one residue selectedfrom styrene, acrylate, acrylamide, and methyl methacrylate and/orderivatives thereof, including:

wherein X is halogen; wherein R⁴¹, R^(41a), and R^(41b) are,independently, hydrogen, alkyl, or alkoxyl. It is contemplated that, incertain aspects, other non-halogen leaving groups (e.g., tosylate) canbe substituted for halogen. In a still further aspect, R⁴¹, R^(41a), andR^(41b) are independently selected from:

b. Reactive Residues

In one aspect, the at least two reactive residues comprise thestructure:

wherein R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(12a), and R^(12b) are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, andR¹⁶ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl,acyl, or carbonyl, with the proviso that at least one of R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵,or R¹⁶ is a polymerizable group; and wherein the compound eliminates SO₂to form a reactive intermediate at a reaction temperature.

In a further aspect, the at least two reactive residues comprise thestructure:

wherein X¹ is hydroxyl, primary amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino,thiol, or carboxyl; wherein n is zero or a positive integer; whereinR^(21a), R^(21b), R^(22a), and R^(22b), R^(23a), and R^(23b) are,independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein X²is oxygen, secondary nitrogen, tertiary nitrogen, or sulfur; whereinR²⁴, R^(25a), R^(25b), R²⁶, R²⁷, R²⁸, and R²⁹ are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; andwherein the cyclobutane ring undergoes ring opening to form a reactiveintermediate at a reaction temperature.

In a further aspect, the at least two reactive residues are capable offorming a reactive intermediate comprising an o-quinoid moiety at areaction temperature of less than about 175° C. In a yet further aspect,the reaction temperature is less than about 150° C. In a yet furtheraspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 125° C. In a yetfurther aspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 115° C. In ayet further aspect, the reaction temperature is less than about 110° C.In a still further aspect, the reaction temperature is from about 100°C. to about 150° C.

c. Structure

In one aspect, the block copolymer comprises the structure A-B-A. In afurther aspect, the block copolymer comprises the structure A-B—C,wherein C is an oligomeric block comprising at least two reactiveresidues. In a yet further aspect, the at least two reactive residues ofblock A are different from the at least two reactive residues of blockC. In a still further aspect, the block copolymer comprises thestructure P-A-B, wherein P comprises a peptide moiety attached to blockA. In various further aspects, the peptide moiety comprises cellpenetrating peptides such as oligoarginines or Tat peptide, peptideligands to irradiated tumor cells, G protein, p16^(INK4a), Bak BH3domain peptide, cGPK-Iα inhibitory peptide, IKKβ C-terminal peptide, PKAinhibitory peptide, MEK 1 N-terminal peptide, a peptide nucleic acid(PNA) cardioprotective εPKC agonist peptide, VHL tumor suppressorpeptide, HER-2, Pro-apotoxic Smac peptide, oligonucleotides, a plasmidDNA, an immunoglobulin, and antisense oligoDNA. It is contemplated thatproteins known for certain functions (e.g., peptides for targeting,immunoresponse, etc.) can be used in connection with the invention. Inone aspect, the block copolymer comprises the structure P-A-B-A. In afurther aspect, the block copolymer comprises the structure P-A-B—C,wherein C is an oligomeric block comprising at least two reactiveresidues.

In a still further aspect, the block copolymer comprises the structureE-A-B, wherein E comprises an enzyme moiety attached to block A. Invarious further aspects, the enzyme moiety comprises β-galactosidase,horseradish peroxidase, RNase, anti-apoptotic proteins Bcl-X(L)/PEA-15,catalase, green fluorescence protein, heat shock protein 70, humanglutamate dehydrogenase, ovalbumin, neuroprotectant Bcl-xL, E2 protein,phosphorothioate antisense oligonucleotides, anti-tetanus F(ab′)₂,caspase-3, p14^(INK4a), p27^(kip1), luciferin, RhoA, APO-BEC-1, Crerecombinase, H-Ras, Filmin-1, p16, HPC-1/syntaxin, Cdk2, E2f-1/p73/p53,influenza virus, antibodies, single chain antibodies, si-RNA, RNAderivatives, peptide 46, peptide 15, peptides that influence theimmunoresponse, mitochondrial DNA, bacteria, birdflu virus, and/orbacteria. In a further aspect, the block copolymer comprises thestructure E-A-B-A. In a still further aspect, the block copolymercomprises the structure E-A-B—C, wherein C is an oligomeric blockcomprising at least two reactive residues.

6. Methods of Nanoparticle Formation

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of nanoparticleformation comprising the steps of providing a reactor capable ofimparting a stimulus and adding to the reactor a block copolymercomprising at least two reactive residues, thereby imparting thestimulus on at least a portion of the block copolymer; wherein the atleast two reactive residues form reactive intermediates upon exposure tothe stimulus, and wherein the reactive intermediates are capable ofundergoing a bond-forming reaction.

In one aspect, the disclosed methods relate to the disclosed blockcopolymers.

In a further aspect, the adding step is performed at a first rate,wherein the reactive intermediates are formed at a second rate, whereinthe reactive intermediates undergo the bond-forming reaction at a thirdrate, and wherein the third rate is greater than the first rate. In ayet further aspect, the third rate is greater than the second rate. Inone aspect, the linear precursor concentration during the first rate is10⁻⁷ molar and is added to the solution with 12.6 ml/h.

In one aspect, the stimulus is at least one of a thermal stimulus, achemical stimulus, or an electromagnetic stimulus or a mixture thereof.In a further aspect, the stimulus is a thermal stimulus comprisingincreased heat, decreased heat, increased agitation, decreasedagitation, increased kinetic energy, or decreased kinetic energy or amixture thereof. In a yet further aspect, the stimulus is a chemicalstimulus comprising an increase in pH, a decrease in pH, an addition ofradical initiator, an initiation of radical scavenger, an increase inpolarity, or a decrease in polarity or a mixture thereof. In a stillfurther aspect, the stimulus is an electromagnetic stimulus comprisingvisible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, microwaves, radiowaves, or magnetic waves or a mixture thereof.

In one aspect, the at least two reactive residues comprise thestructure:

wherein R^(11a), R^(11b), R^(12a), and R^(12b) are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, andR¹⁶ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl,acyl, or carbonyl, with the proviso that at least one of R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵,or R¹⁶ is a polymerizable group; and wherein the compound eliminates SO₂to form a reactive intermediate at a reaction temperature.

In a further aspect, the at least two reactive residues comprise thestructure:

wherein X¹ is hydroxyl, primary amino, secondary amino, tertiary amino,thiol, or carboxyl; wherein n is zero or a positive integer; whereinR^(21a), R^(21b), R^(22a), and R^(22b), R^(23a), and R^(23b) are,independently, hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; wherein X²is oxygen, secondary nitrogen, tertiary nitrogen, or sulfur; whereinR²⁴, R^(25a), R^(25b), R²⁶, R²⁷, R²⁸, and R²⁹ are, independently,hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyl, acyl, or carbonyl; andwherein the cyclobutane ring undergoes ring opening to form a reactiveintermediate at a reaction temperature.

In one aspect, the at least two reactive residues are capable of forminga reactive intermediate comprising an o-quinoid moiety at a reactiontemperature of less than about 175° C. In a further aspect, the reactiontemperature is less than about 150° C. In a further aspect, the reactiontemperature is less than about 125° C. In a further aspect, the reactiontemperature is less than about 115° C. In a further aspect, the reactiontemperature is less than about 110° C. In a further aspect, the reactiontemperature is from about 100° C. to about 150° C.

G. POLYMERS

It is understood that the disclosed polymers can be used in connectionwith the disclosed nanoparticles and disclosed methods. Unless stated tothe contrary, the disclosed structures can be used in connection withthe disclosed methods, the disclosed polymers, and the disclosednanoparticles.

1. Epoxide-Functionalized Polymers

In one aspect, the invention relates to a polymer comprising at leastone monomer residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and whereinthe monomer residue comprises less than about 10% by weight of themonomer residue of halogen selected from chlorine, bromine, and iodine.In further aspects, the monomer residue can comprise less than about 8%,less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less thanabout 2%, or less than about 1% of halogen selected from chlorine,bromine, and iodine, by weight of the monomer residue.

In a further aspect, an epoxide-functionalized polymer can furthercomprise at least one monomer residue selected from apropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; a monomerresidue having an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2; and a keto-functionalized monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

In one aspect, Z is O. That is, the polymer residue can be a polyesterresidue. In a further aspect, the polymer is a polyester. In a furtheraspect, the polymer is a co-polyester.

In a further aspect, the Z is NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl. Inone aspect, the polymer residue can be a polyamide residue. In a furtheraspect, the polymer is a polyamide. In a further aspect, the polymer isa co-polyamide. The alkyl can be optionally further substituted. R canbe C1 to C6, C2 to C6, C1 to C5, C2 to C5, C1 to C4, C2 to C4, C1, C2,C3, C4, C5, or C6 alkyl.

In one aspect, the polymer comprises at least one monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein Y is O,S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein R^(L) is selectedfrom optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene;wherein m is an integer from 0 to 6; and wherein n is an integer from 0to 2.

In a further aspect, the polymer further comprises at least one monomerresidue selected from a propargyl-functionalized monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; a monomerresidue having an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2; and a keto-functionalized monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

In a further aspect, the polymer comprises an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein m and m′ are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n andn′ are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′ areindependently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene.

In various aspects, m can be an integer from 0 to 6, from 1 to 6, from 0to 5, from 1 to 5, from 0 to 4, from 1 to 4, from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3,from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In various aspects, m′can be an integer from 0 to 6, from 1 to 6, from 0 to 5, from 1 to 5,from 0 to 4, from 1 to 4, from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, from 0 to 2, from 1to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In various aspects, m¹ can be an integerfrom 0 to 6, from 1 to 6, from 0 to 5, from 1 to 5, from 0 to 4, from 1to 4, from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,5, or 6.

In various aspects, n can be an integer from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In various aspects, n′ can be an integer from 0 to 2,from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In various aspects, n¹ can be aninteger from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In variousaspects, n² can be an integer from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1, 0,1, or 2. In various aspects, n³ can be an integer from 0 to 2, from 1 to2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2.

R^(L) can be selected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionallysubstituted alkoxylene. Suitable alkyls include divalent organicradicals selected from ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl,octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, and higher alkyl. Suitable alkoxyleneinclude divalent organic radicals selected from groups having astructure represented by a formula:

Further suitable alkoxylene include divalent organic radicals selectedfrom groups having a structure represented by a formula:

Further suitable alkoxylene include a divalent organic radical having astructure represented by a formula:

which can be derived from 2,2-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine).

The polymers and copolymers typically have a number average molecularweight (Mn) of from about 3500-4800 Daltons with a narrow polydispersityof from about 1.17 to about 1.27. It is understood that the molecularweight can be higher or lower and that one of skill in the art canreadily manipulate reaction conditions to achieve a different desiredmolecular weight.

2. Multifunctional Polymers

In one aspect, a polymer can be a multifunctional polymer. That is, thepolymer comprises monomer residues selected from two or more of anepoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and apropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; and aketo-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

In one aspect, the epoxide-functionalized monomer residue is present andcomprises less than about 10% by weight of the monomer residue ofhalogen selected from chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In further aspects,the monomer residue can comprise less than about 8%, less than about 5%,less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, or less thanabout 1% of halogen selected from chlorine, bromine, and iodine, byweight of the monomer residue.

In a further aspect, the polymer further comprises at least one monomerresidue having an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2.

In one aspect, a polymer comprises at least one monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein Y is O,S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein R^(L) is selectedfrom optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene,wherein m is an integer from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0to 2; and one or more of:a propargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; anda keto-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n isan integer from 0 to 2. In a further aspect, the polymer furthercomprises at least one monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n isan integer from 0 to 2. In one aspect, the at least one monomer residuehas an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m and m′ are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n andn′ are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′ areindependently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene.

In one aspect, at least one monomer residue has an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m and m^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein nand n¹′ are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′ areindependently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein Y is O,S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein R^(L) isselected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substitutedalkoxylene.

In various aspects, m can be an integer from 0 to 6, from 1 to 6, from 0to 5, from 1 to 5, from 0 to 4, from 1 to 4, from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3,from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In various aspects, m′can be an integer from 0 to 6, from 1 to 6, from 0 to 5, from 1 to 5,from 0 to 4, from 1 to 4, from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, from 0 to 2, from 1to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In various aspects, m¹ can be an integerfrom 0 to 6, from 1 to 6, from 0 to 5, from 1 to 5, from 0 to 4, from 1to 4, from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,5, or 6. In various aspects, m^(1′) can be an integer from 0 to 6, from1 to 6, from 0 to 5, from 1 to 5, from 0 to 4, from 1 to 4, from 0 to 3,from 1 to 3, from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.

In various aspects, n can be an integer from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In various aspects, n′ can be an integer from 0 to 2,from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In various aspects, n¹ can be aninteger from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In variousaspects, n^(1′) can be an integer from 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1,0, 1, or 2. In various aspects, n² can be an integer from 0 to 2, from 1to 2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2. In various aspects, n³ can be an integerfrom 0 to 2, from 1 to 2, from 0 to 1, 0, 1, or 2.

R^(L) can be selected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionallysubstituted alkoxylene. Suitable alkyls include divalent organicradicals selected from ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl,octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, and higher alkyl. Suitable alkoxyleneinclude divalent organic radicals selected from groups having astructure represented by a formula:

Further suitable alkoxylene include divalent organic radicals selectedfrom groups having a structure represented by a formula:

Further suitable alkoxylene include a divalent organic radical having astructure represented by a formula:

which can be derived from 2,2-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine) or2,2-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylazide).

In one aspect, a polymer can comprise at least one monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein R^(L) isselected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substitutedalkoxylene, wherein m¹ is an integer from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is aninteger from 0 to 2; and one or more of:an epoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; anda keto-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2. In a further aspect, theepoxide-functionalized monomer residue is present and comprises lessthan about 10% by weight of the monomer residue of halogen selected fromchlorine, bromine, and iodine.

In one aspect, the polymer further comprises at least one monomerresidue having an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2.

In a further aspect, at least one monomer residue has an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m¹ and m^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n¹and n^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′are independently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and whereinR^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionallysubstituted alkoxylene.

In one aspect, at least one monomer residue has an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m¹ and m′ are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n¹ andn′ are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′ areindependently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein Y′is O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein R^(L) isselected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substitutedalkoxylene.

H. DEGRADABLE NANOPARTICLES

It is understood that the disclosed nanoparticles can be used inconnection with the disclosed polymers and disclosed methods. Unlessstated to the contrary, the disclosed structures can be used inconnection with the disclosed methods, the disclosed polymers, and thedisclosed nanoparticles.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a degradable polymericnanoparticle comprising at least one monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m and m′ are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n andn′ are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′ areindependently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene, wherein the nanoparticle has aparticle size of from about 5 nm to about 850 nm.

In one aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least one monomerresidue selected from a propargyl-functionalized monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; aketo-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; and a monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2. In a further aspect, Z and Z′ are O.

In one aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least oneepoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onefunctionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein X is OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to24 carbon atoms.

In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onenucleophile-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onefunctionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to24 carbon atoms.

In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a degradable polymericnanoparticle comprising at least one monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m¹ and m^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 6; wherein n¹and n^(1′) are independently integers from 0 to 2; and wherein Z and Z′are independently O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and whereinR^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl and optionallysubstituted alkoxylene, wherein the nanoparticle has a particle size offrom about 5 nm to about 850 nm.

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onemonomer residue selected from: an epoxide-functionalized monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; aketo-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; and a monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2. In a further aspect, Z and Z′ are O.

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onepropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onefunctionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to24 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with atleast one biologically active agent, at least one pharmaceuticallyactive agent, and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least oneazide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the nanoparticle further comprises at least onefunctionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to24 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with atleast one biologically active agent, at least one pharmaceuticallyactive agent, and/or at least one imaging moiety.

I. METHODS

It is understood that the disclosed methods can be used in connectionwith the disclosed polymers and disclosed nanoparticles. Unless statedto the contrary, the disclosed structures can be used in connection withthe disclosed methods, the disclosed polymers, and the disclosednanoparticles.

1. Methods of Making Polymer

To address the deficiencies of conventional nanoparticle compositionsand methods, the availability of novel functional polyesters that alloworthogonal modification approaches was addressed. Additionally,controlled chain cross-linking strategies for obtaining distinctnanoparticles in a variety of nanoscopic dimensions are disclosed. Incontrast to investigating emulsification-solvent techniques [Hans, M.L.; Lowman, A. M. Curr. Opin. Solid State Mater. Sci. 2002, 6, 319-327.]or emulsion diffusion methods [Kallinteri, P.; Higgins, S.; Hutcheon, G.A.; St. Pourcain, C. B.; Garnett, M. C. Biomacromolecules 2005, 6,1885-1894.] that need surfactants or salts, the disclosed methods andcompositions involve controlled cross-linking techniques.

A clean and non-toxic cross-linking entity can be provided from epoxidegroups that react with dinucleophiles (e.g., diamines) to form alkane OHgroups. While this crosslinking unit has been employed to form acrylatebased microparticles [Burke, S. K.; Slatopolsky, E. A.; Goldberg, D. I.,Nephrol. Dial. Transplant. 1997, 12, (8), 1640-1644.], it has been neverinvestigated in the formation of degradable nanoparticles due to thelack of suitable linear precursors.

The epoxide entity for the formation of discrete cross-linkednanoparticles can be integrated by polymerization of a low molecularweight linear copolymer, Ab, with pendant allyl groups. See FIG. 1.Pendant allyl groups represent valuable intermediates to many functionalgroups and can be incorporated into the polymer backbone bycopolymerizing α-allyl-δ-valerolactone, (b), and commercially availableδ-valerolactone, (A), via ring-opening polymerization (ROP). [Parrish,B.; Quansah, J. K.; Emrick, T. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem. 2002,40, 1983-1990.] Upon copolymerization, the pendant allyl groups can beoxidized by a Baeyer-Villiger oxidation with meta-chloroperbenzoic acid(m-CPBA) to convert the double bonds to epoxide rings, which then becamea coupling group in the preparation of the nanoparticles. [(a)Mecerreyes, D.; Miller, R. D.; Hedrick, J. L.; Detrembleur, C.; Jerome,R. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem. 2000, 38, 870-875. (b) Latere, J.P.; Lecomte, P.; Dubois, P.; Jérôme, R. Macromolecules 2002, 35,7857-7859.] To introduce additional functional groups into thenanoparticle, additional monomers can be synthesized, for exampleα-propargyl-δ-valerolactone, (C), and 2-oxepane-1,5-dione, (D). Thesemonomers can then be individually copolymerized with (B) andδ-valerolactone, (A), in a similar manner as Ab, to give rise to linearpolyesters with additional propargyl or keto functionalitiesrespectively. To increase the number of functionalities that alloworthogonal modification approaches, (C) and (D) were copolymerizedtogether with (b) and δ-valerolactone (A), as summarized in FIG. 1. Thecopolymers were typically obtained in molecular weight ranges of3500-4800 Da with narrow polydispersities of 1.17-1.27.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of preparing a polymercomprising the step of copolymerizing a mixture of two or more of analkene-functionalized monomer providing a residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; apropargyl-functionalized monomer providing a residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; and aketo-functionalized monomer providing a residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.In a further aspect, the mixture further comprises at least one monomerproviding a residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2.

In one aspect, the alkene-functionalized monomer is present and themethod further comprises the step of oxidizing the resultant polymer toprovide an epoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the alkene-functionalized monomer is present andhas an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the propargyl-functionalized monomer is present andhas an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the keto-functionalized monomer is present and hasan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the monomer providing a residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

has an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of preparing anepoxide-functionalized polymer comprising the step of oxidizing apolymer having at least one monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2.

In a further aspect, the polymer further comprises at least one monomerresidue selected from:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2;

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein n² is aninteger from 0 to 2; and

wherein n³ is an integer from 0 to 2.

In a further aspect, at least one monomer residue has an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein m is an integer from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0to 2. For example, in one aspect, m is 1, and n is 0, providing anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

In a further aspect, the epoxide-functionalized polymer has anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

2. Methods of Crosslinking

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of crosslinking apolymer comprising the step of reacting a polymer comprising at leastone monomer residue selected from an epoxide-functionalized monomerresidue having an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and apropargyl-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with across-linker having a structure represented by a formula X—R^(L)—X′,wherein X and X′ are independently N₃, OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R isH or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein R^(L) is selected from optionallysubstituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene.

In one aspect, the linker groups can be bis-nucleophilic (e.g., diamine)compounds derived from alkylene oxides (e.g., diamino poly(ethyleneoxides)) and/or alkyls (e.g., 1,8-diaminooctane; Jeffamines) and theirderivatives.

In a further aspect, the linker groups can be thiols. For example, thedinucleophile can have a structure X—R^(L)—X′, wherein X and X′ are eachSH, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein R^(L) is selected fromoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxylene, andoptionally substituted esters.

Thiols suitable for crosslinking include mono- and di-thiol analogues ofcompounds derived from alkylene oxides (e.g., diamino poly(ethyleneoxides)) and/or alkyls (e.g., 1,8-diaminooctane; Jeffamines) and theirderivatives. Other suitable dithiols for cross-linking include:

An example crosslinking reaction, and example product thereof, is shownbelow:

In one aspect, the cross-linker reacts with two polymer strands. In afurther aspect, X—R^(L)—X′ reacts with two epoxide-functionalizedmonomer residues. In a further aspect, X—R^(L)—X′ reacts with twopropargyl-functionalized monomer residues. In a further aspect,X—R^(L)—X′ reacts with one epoxide-functionalized monomer residue andone propargyl-functionalized monomer residue. In a further aspect, X═X′.In a further aspect, X═X′═NH₂. In a further aspect, R^(L) comprises twoor more residues of ethylene oxide or trimethylene oxide. In a furtheraspect, X—R^(L)—X′ is 2,2-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine). In a furtheraspect, X═X′═N₃.

In one aspect, the polymer comprises at least one monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

and wherein X═X′═NH₂. In one aspect, the polymer and the crosslinker arereacted in a ratio of about 1:1 (polymer:cross-linker). In a furtheraspect, the polymer and the crosslinker are reacted in a ratio ofabout >1:1 (polymer:cross-linker) to provide a polymer with excessepoxide-functionalization. In a further aspect, the polymer and thecrosslinker are reacted in a ratio of about <1:1 (polymer:cross-linker)to provide a polymer with excess amino-functionalization.

In one aspect, the polymer comprises at least one monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

and wherein X═X′═N₃. In a further aspect, the polymer and thecrosslinker are reacted in a ratio of about 1:1 (polymer:cross-linker).In a further aspect, the polymer and the crosslinker are reacted in aratio of about >1:1 (polymer:cross-linker) to provide a polymer withexcess alkyne-functionalization. In a further aspect, the polymer andthe crosslinker are reacted in a ratio of about <1:1(polymer:cross-linker) to provide a polymer with excessazide-functionalization.

In a further aspect, the polymer further comprises a keto-functionalizedmonomer providing a residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2.

In a further aspect, the polymer further comprises at least one monomerproviding a residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2.

3. Methods of Functionalizing Polymers

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing apolymer comprising the step of reacting an epoxide-functionalizedmonomer residue having an optionally substituted structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; with anucleophile having a structure represented by a formula X—R¹, wherein Xis OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein R¹is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.

Organic radicals suitable for use as R¹ include substituted orunsubstituted monovalent organic radicals selected from ethyl, propyl,butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, andhigher alkyl. The alkyl can be linear or branched and can be cyclic oracyclic. In a further aspect, R¹ can comprise an optionally substitutedalkoxylene. Suitable alkoxylene include substituted or unsubstitutedmonovalent organic radicals selected from groups having a structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein R³ comprises C1 to C6 alkyl.

In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety, thus providing a convenient methodfor functionalizing the polymer with one or more biologically activeagents, pharmaceutically active agents, and/or imaging moieties via anucleophilic substitution reaction. That is, R¹ can comprise at leastone biologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically activeagent, and/or at least one imaging moiety. In a further aspect, R¹ cancomprise a portion of the at least one biologically active agent, atleast one pharmaceutically active agent, and/or at least one imagingmoiety. In a further aspect, R¹ can be covalently bonded to at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing apolymer comprising the step of reacting a propargyl-functionalizedmonomer residue having an optionally substituted structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with anazide having a structure represented by a formula N₃—R¹, wherein R¹ isan optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing apolymer comprising the steps of reacting a keto-functionalized monomerproviding a residue having an optionally substituted structurerepresented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; with an amine having a structure representedby a formula H₂N—R¹, wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organicradical comprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms; and reducing the resultingimine. In a further aspect, the reacting step and the reducing step areperformed simultaneously. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substitutedwith at least one biologically active agent, at least onepharmaceutically active agent, and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing apolymer comprising the step of reacting a nucleophile-functionalizedmonomer residue having an optionally substituted structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene; with an electrophile having astructure represented by a formula E-R¹, wherein E is an electrophilicmoiety; and wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radicalcomprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms.

In a further aspect, Y′ is NH₂ or NHR. In a further aspect, whereinY═Y′. In a further aspect, the electrophilic moiety is selected fromalkyl halide, alkyl pseudohalide, and carboxyl derivative. In a furtheraspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least one biologically activeagent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent, and/or at least oneimaging moiety.

4. Methods of Making Nanoparticles

The formation of nanoparticles in controlled size dimensions can proceedfrom linear polymers containing pendant epoxide groups which crosslinkwith 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine). To evaluate the particleformation under controlled conditions, reactions in which theequivalents of diamine cross-linker were linearly increased with respectto the reactive epoxide groups of the polymers were studied.

To achieve a high degree of cross-linking between the individualpolyester chains, the polymer solution with the pendant epoxide entitiescan be added in a dropwise fashion to a refluxing solution of differentequivalents of dinucleophile (e.g., diamine) in dichloromethane. In thisstrategy, the difunctional amine is in high excess during the addition(13 mL/min) of the linear polymer solution (0.5 M) and thus providesoptimum cross-linking reactions (Table 1; particle size reported in nmdiameter by dynamic light scattering (DLS) in relation to varying amineratios).

TABLE 1 Nanoparticle Size Dimensions (nm) Diameter (nm) Diameter (nm)Diameter (nm) Poly(vl-evl) Poly(vl-evl-opd) Poly(vl-evl-pvl) Amine/1Epoxide AB ABD ABC 1 30.71 ± 2.21 34.29 ± 3.22 21.40 ± 2.90 2 58.06 ±6.20 63.46 ± 7.68 41.70 ± 5.36 3  82.1 ± 5.73 118.3 ± 13.6 114.9 ± 8.9 4 115.6 ± 25.4 164.9 ± 65.7 148.3 ± 25.2 5 255.7 ± 60.3 292.7 ± 80.3186.1 ± 37.5 6 342.2 ± 52.2 341.0 ± 86.6 253.9 ± 41.4 8 425.1 ± 100 525.0 ± 100   472.1 ± 103.1 10 725.1 ± 94.3 800.0 ± 135   675.0 ± 126.1Diameter (nm) M_(w,RI) M_(w) Amine/1 Epoxide AB₁ nanoparticles^(a)(g/mol)^(b) PDI^(c) (kg/mol)^(d) 1 30.71 ± 2.21 3403 1.16 60.5 ± 3.5 258.06 ± 6.20 3445 1.16 81.5 ± 4.6 3 82.61 ± 5.73 3544 1.17 96.1 ± 4.9 4115.6 ± 12.5 3860 1.18 112 ± 6  5 255.7 ± 26.9 4005 1.18 187 ± 8  6342.2 ± 42.2 4267 1.21 222 ± 11 8 425.1 ± 44.6 4470 1.21 328 ± 15 10725.1 ± 94.3 4887 1.22 525 ± 28

The first trial was employed with polymer (AB) and implemented 1 to 10equivalents of amine functionalities to the pendant epoxidecross-linking entity. The resulting particles were characterized bytransmission electron microscopy (TEM) that provides the actual size,and by dynamic light scattering (DLS), to obtain the hydrodynamicdiameter as a representative measure of the particle under physiologicalconditions. Micrographs of representative nanoparticles are shown inFIG. 2. It is also contemplated that reaction stoichiometry can beselected to utilize in excess of ten (10) equivalents, thereby providingmicroparticles, materials for us in tissue engineering and biogels inbiomedical applications and devices.

As illustrated in FIG. 3, the particle size increase with a polynomialtrend as the equivalents of amine rises. For example, two equivalents ofamine yielded 58 nm particles, and five equivalents produced particleswith 255 nm dimensions (Table 1). Synthesized linear polymers containingadditional functionalities (ABC and ABD) were found to respond in thesame way to the controlled intermolecular chain crosslinking conditions,as with polymer (AB) from the original trial, and well-definednanoparticles were obtained (Table 1). As shown in FIG. 4,characterization of the particles with ¹H NMR confirmed the nanoparticleformation for each trial with an increase of signals at 3.5 and 2.89 ppmcorresponding to protons neighboring the secondary amine of thepolyethylene glycol (PEG)-linker after successful crosslinking event. Inparticular, a shift in resonance from 2.86 to 2.89 ppm was observed dueto the change of the primary amine to the secondary amine aftercross-linking. As a consequence, the continuous increase in aminecross-linker equivalents not only extends the particle size, but it alsointroduces additional amine functionalities connected to short PEGlinker that are available for further modification strategies.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of preparing adegradable nanoparticle comprising the step of adding a polymercomprising at least one monomer residue having a structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; to asolution of from about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents of adinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) having astructure X—R^(L)—X′, wherein X and X′ are independently OH, SH, NH₂, orNHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein R^(L) is selectedfrom optionally substituted alkyl and optionally substituted alkoxylene.In a further aspect, the monomer residue comprises less than about 10%by weight of the monomer residue of halogen selected from chlorine,bromine, and iodine. In a further aspect, Z is O.

In one aspect, the solution comprises from about 1 molar equivalent of adinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) and theresultant nanoparticle has a particle size of from about 5 nm to about55 nm. In a further aspect, the solution comprises from about 1 molarequivalent of a dinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxidefunctionality) and the resultant nanoparticle has a particle size offrom about 5 nm to about 55 nm. In a further aspect, the solutioncomprises from about 2 molar equivalents of a dinucleophile(nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) and the resultantnanoparticle has a particle size of from about 30 nm to about 80 nm. Ina further aspect, the solution comprises from about 3 molar equivalentsof a dinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) and theresultant nanoparticle has a particle size of from about 70 nm to about120 nm. In a further aspect, the solution comprises from about 4 molarequivalents of a dinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxidefunctionality) and the resultant nanoparticle has a particle size offrom about 110 nm to about 170 nm. In a further aspect, the solutioncomprises from about 5 molar equivalents of a dinucleophile(nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) and the resultantnanoparticle has a particle size of from about 175 nm to about 300 nm.In a further aspect, the solution comprises from about 6 molarequivalents of a dinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxidefunctionality) and the resultant nanoparticle has a particle size offrom about 250 nm to about 350 nm. In a further aspect, the solutioncomprises from about 8 molar equivalents of a dinucleophile(nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) and the resultantnanoparticle has a particle size of from about 400 nm to about 550 nm.In a further aspect, the solution comprises from about 10 molarequivalents of a dinucleophile (nucleophilic moiety:epoxidefunctionality) and the resultant nanoparticle has a particle size offrom about 650 nm to about 850 nm. It is also contemplated that reactionstoichiometry can be selected to utilize in excess of ten (10) molarequivalents, thereby providing higher particle sizes.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of preparing adegradable nanoparticle comprising the step of adding a polymercomprising at least one monomer residue having a structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; to asolution of from about 1 to about 10 molar equivalents of a bis-azide(azide moiety:alkyne functionality) having a structure N₃—R^(L)—N₃,wherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene. In a further aspect, the monomerresidue comprises less than about 10% by weight of the monomer residueof halogen selected from chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In a furtheraspect, Z is O.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of controlling particlesize during the preparation of a degradable nanoparticle comprising thestep of adding an epoxide-functionalized polymer to a solution of adinucleophilic cross-linker, wherein the stoichiometry of thecross-linker (ratio of nucleophilic moiety:epoxide functionality) isselected to provide a desired particle size according to one or more ofthe graphs shown in FIG. 5-FIG. 10.

5. Methods of Functionalizing Nanoparticles

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing ananoparticle comprising the step of reacting a nanoparticle comprisingat least one epoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; with anucleophile having a structure represented by a formula X—R¹, wherein Xis OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein R¹is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing ananoparticle comprising the step of reacting a nanoparticle comprisingat least one propargyl-functionalized monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with anazide having a structure represented by a formula N₃—R¹, wherein R¹ isan optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at least onebiologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent,and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing ananoparticle comprising the steps of reacting a nanoparticle comprisingat least one keto-functionalized monomer providing a residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; with an amine having a structure representedby a formula H₂N—R¹, wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organicradical comprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms; and reducing the resultingimine. In a further aspect, the reacting step and the reducing step areperformed simultaneously. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substitutedwith at least one biologically active agent, at least onepharmaceutically active agent, and/or at least one imaging moiety.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of functionalizing ananoparticle comprising the step of reacting a nanoparticle comprisingat least one nucleophile-functionalized monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; wherein Y andY′ are independently O, S, or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; andwherein R^(L) is selected from optionally substituted alkyl andoptionally substituted alkoxylene; with an electrophile having astructure represented by a formula E-R¹, wherein E is an electrophilicmoiety; and wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radicalcomprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms. In a further aspect, Y′ is NH₂ or NHR.In a further aspect, Y═Y′. In a further aspect, the electrophilic moietyis selected from alkyl halide, alkyl pseudohalide, and carboxylderivative. In a further aspect, R¹ is further substituted with at leastone biologically active agent, at least one pharmaceutically activeagent, and/or at least one imaging moiety.

6. Methods of Degrading Nanoparticles

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of degrading adegradable nanoparticle comprising subjecting the nanoparticle toreaction conditions sufficient to hydrolyze an ester. In a furtheraspect, the conditions are biological conditions. In a further aspect,the conditions involve exposure to an esterase. In a further aspect, theconditions exist within an organism.

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of degrading adegradable polymer comprising subjecting the polymer to reactionconditions sufficient to hydrolyze an ester. In certain aspects, thedegradable polymer is a disclosed polymer or a product of a disclosedmethod.

7. Methods of Intracellular Delivery

In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of intracellulardelivery comprising administering an effective amount of a disclosednanoparticle to a subject. In a further aspect, the nanoparticle isfurther substituted with at least one biologically active agent, atleast one pharmaceutically active agent, and/or at least one imagingmoiety. In a further aspect, the method further comprises the step ofdegrading the nanoparticle.

In a further aspect, the invention relates to a method of intracellulardelivery comprising administering an effective amount of a disclosedpolymer or product of a disclosed method to a subject. In a furtheraspect, the polymer or product of a disclosed method is furthersubstituted with at least one biologically active agent, at least onepharmaceutically active agent, and/or at least one imaging moiety. In afurther aspect, the method further comprises the step of degrading thepolymer or product of a disclosed method.

J. FUNCTIONALIZED POLYMERS AND NANOPARTICLES

In one aspect, the disclosed nanoparticles can be functionalized with,for example, the disclosed dendrimeric compounds. That is, in oneaspect, the invention relates to a nanoparticle-dendrimer conjugate. Ina further aspect, the nanoparticle can be a disclosed organic quantumdots via intramolecular chain collapse. In a further aspect, thenanoparticle can be a disclosed degradable nanoparticle. In a furtheraspect, the dendrimer can be a disclosed intracellular deliverycomposition.

As disclosed herein, certain nanoparticles can bear electrophilic (e.g.,ketone) functionalities. Vinylsulfonyl functionality can be introducedto the disclosed nanoparticles. Thus, a vinylsulfonyl linker moiety wasprepared that can be attached in a reductive amination procedure to aketo groups of the particle. The synthesis of such a linker appears inScheme 1. It is understood that the alkyl chain can be homologated byselection of appropriate reagents.

The vinylsulfonyl moiety readily reacts with a nucleophile (e.g., athiol) to form a covalent bond, thereby further functionalizing ananoparticle. These linkers can be used to attach peptides that arelabeled with dye molecules at the focal point of the peptide or otheramines groups of the peptide. The thiol groups of cysteines can be usedto attach to the vinyl function of the vinyl sulfonyl linker. Also, thethiol group in the focal point of the disclosed dendritic moleculartransporters can be attached to the vinyl sulfonyl (or allyl) group,thus allowing a transporter to be attached to any post-modifiednanoparticle.

The same reaction can be used to attach peptides that are not labeledwith dye. In such cases, the particle can be labeled with dye or notlabeled.

Peptides (or other amines) can also be attached directly through theamine terminus of the peptide to the keto group through reductiveamination. See Scheme 2. Here, it is preferred that the peptide containsonly one amine group. Before the reductive amination is performed, theparticle can be labeled with a dye that adds to the amine functionalityof the particle. After the reaction, residual dyes can be quenched so asto not interfere with the following reductive amination.

Similar systems can be constructed with particles from intramolecularcross-linking reactions. Replacing N-BED with an ethyleneoxideequivalent enhances the solubility of the system.

Another approach that can enable formation of nanoparticle-dendrimerconjugate involves direct attachment of nucleophile-functionalizedmoieties (e.g., peptides or disclosed intracellular deliverycompositions) to an allylic function on disclosed degradablenanoparticles. As shown in Scheme 4, direct attachment of a thiol withan allyl functionalized polymer or nanoparticle can bypass use of thedisclosed SVEC linker.

In one aspect, an allylic function on disclosed degradable nanoparticlescan be provided via incomplete oxidation of epoxide functionalities, asshown in Scheme 5a.

Still other examples of linear precursors can be prepared according toScheme 5b.

An allyl functionality is thus available for functionalization andallows very mild conditions for the attachment of peptides and othermoieties that contain nucleophilic (e.g., thiol) groups. The allylgroups from Ab linear precursors can be partially preserved by partialoxidation to the epoxide that is needed for cross-linking to thenanoparticle to from AbB linear polymer. This chemistry is alsocompatible with the keto-group-containing ABD linear precursor to fromAbBD.

The nanoparticle formation does not take part in the cross-linkingreaction and is therefore available for further modification. The allylgroup is inert under the conditions used during the cross-linkingprocess. The crosslinking reaction is illustrated in Scheme 6.

Again, the thiol group of the focal point of the dendritic moleculartransporter can be attached to the ally group. One advantage of suchattachment is that it requires no other reagent. This can permit thetransporter to be attached to any already post-modified nanoparticlebecause of the mild reaction conditions.

In order to track the drug delivery system and study the uptake intotissues, an imaging moiety (e.g., a dye molecule such as rodamine orother dye) that has functionality to react with amines such as NHS-esteror isothiocyanates can be attached to the free amine groups that resultfrom the cross-linking reaction, as shown in Scheme 7. The allyl groupsor all other groups introduced are not affected.

The allyl groups can then be reacted with thiol groups of the focalpoint of the dendritic transporter, as illustrated in Scheme 8, therebyproviding multiply functionalized degradable nanoparticles.

The number of molecular transporter(s) bonded to the nanoparticle can beselected by varying the stoichiometry of the reagents added to the allylgroups. The same reaction can be performed with thiol groups attached topeptides. It was found that elevated temperatures such as 37° C. speedup the reaction but do not destroy the peptide.

In a further aspect, a nanoparticle can be attached to a discloseddendritic molecular transporter through an exemplary strategy shown inScheme 8b.

The dendritic transporter shown in Scheme 8 can be furtherfunctionalized according to Scheme 8c.

The nanoparticle of the intramolecular chain collapse reaction can bereacted with the commercially available N-Boc ethyleneoxide amine. Theamine can be deprotected via acid cleavage with HCl or formic acid. Someof the free amines can be labeled with dye via NHS-ester reaction orthioisocyanide reaction. An SVEC moiety can then be connected trough anNHS ester reaction. After the reaction the residual amine groups arebeing quenched. The thiol groups are attached to the vinylsulfone groupsof the SVEC. The thiol groups of the molecular transporter can also beattached in the same fashion as the peptides, as shown in Scheme 9a.

Another example of attaching a peptide to a nanoparticle core is shownin Scheme 9b.

Imaging moieties (e.g., dyes or DOTA moieties) that can function astherapeutic and tracking units can also be attached via a nucleophilicfunctionality, as shown below.

In a further aspect, a disclosed nanoparticle can be functionalized witha dye for imaging the eye in a subject. For example, such a method canbe accomplished conveniently by Scheme 12b.

In a further aspect, analogous chemistry can be used to prepare a drugdelivery system comprising a drug molecule that is attached to a pHsensitive linker and includes a hydrazide linker and doxorubicin. Thesynthesis is illustrated in Schemes 13-15.

A novel c-RGD has been prepared and can be attached to the nanoparticlesand used for targeting of the disclosed delivery systems (See Scheme16).

The synthesis of the c-RGD that contains free amine and thiol unit forattachment to SVEC of the particle from the intra-molecular chaincollapse and the SVEC or the allyl group of the polyester particles isdetailed in Scheme 17.

The attachment of the molecular transporter to the maleimide of theintra-molecular chain collapse particle has also been investigated tocreate a system that transports peptides to intracellular location andacross biological barriers. See Scheme 18.

Further modifications of the nanoparticle-dendrimer conjugate systemshave also been investigated. See Schemes 19-20. The disclosedmodifications, as well as analogous transformations, results in acollection of compounds available for use in intracellular transport.

K. MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICAMENT

Also provided is a method for the manufacture of a medicament. In oneaspect, the invention relates to a method for the manufacture of amedicament for delivery of a biologically active agent, apharmaceutically active agent, and/or an imaging moiety comprisingcombining at least one disclosed polymer or at least one disclosednanoparticle with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In a further aspect, the pharmaceutical composition relates to acomposition for preventing and/or treating ophthalmic disorders.

L. USES

Also provided are uses of the disclosed polymers, nanoparticles, andproducts. In one aspect, the invention relates to a use of a disclosedpolymer or a disclosed nanoparticle to deliver a biologically activeagent, a pharmaceutically active agent, and/or an imaging moiety. Thedisclosed compounds, compositions, and conjugates and practicalsynthesis of same provide approaches for applications in cancertreatment and drug delivery across biological barriers such as thecornea, tissues, skin, and the blood brain barrier.

These degradable polymers find application in controlled releasetechnologies that have to penetrate tissues and cellular membranes.Thus, the nanoparticle-dendrimer conjugates comprising a discloseddegradable nanoparticle and a disclosed intracellular deliverycomposition can hold and deliver therapeutics ranging from smallmolecules to larger peptides, proteins, and antibodies.

In a further aspect, the invention relates to a use of a disclosedpolymer or a disclosed nanoparticle for transcorneal delivery of abiologically active agent, a pharmaceutically active agent, and/or animaging moiety.

Many regions of the eye are relatively inaccessible to systemicallyadministered agents. For example, orally administered agents passthrough the liver before reaching estrogen sensitive tissues. Becausethe liver contains enzymes that can inactivate the agent, the agent thateventually reaches tissue targeted for treatment can be virtuallyineffective. Moreover, systemic administration risks production ofundesirable side effects. It can also be problematic to deliver abiologically active agent, a pharmaceutically active agent, and/or animaging moiety into the eye via invasive procedures such as injection.Further still, patient compliance can be low in cases of invasiveadministration.

As a result, topical drug delivery remains the preferred route ofadministration to the eye. There are a variety of factors that affectthe absorption of drugs into the eye. These factors include: theinstillation volume of the drug, the frequency of instilled drugadministration, the structure and integrity of the cornea, the proteinlevel in tears, the level of enzymes in tears, lacrimal drainage andtear turnover rate, as well the rate of adsorption and absorption of adrug by the conjunctiva, sclera, and eyelids. A potential way ofreducing or even eliminating systemic side effects is to improve oculartargeting that would allow for the use of reduced doses of thebiologically active agent in the ophthalmic drug formation.

A major barrier to ocular drug penetration is the cornea. The cornea iscomposed of three layers: a lipid-rich epithelium, a lipid-poor soma,and a lipid-rich endothelium. Therefore, an agent must possess bothlipophilic-hydrophilic balance for adequate transcorneal penetrationand, thus, ocular bioavailability (Akers, H. J., “Ocular bioavailabilityof topically applied ophthalmic drugs,” Am Pharm, NS23:33-36 (1983)).

Thus, in one aspect, the disclosed compounds provide improvedphysicochemical properties including, but not limited to, favorableocular bioavailability and facile transcorneal penetration.

In another aspect, the disclosed compounds treat and/or protect againstvarious ocular diseases. That is, the disclosed compounds can be used todiagnose, prevent, and/or treat ophthalmic disorders. Preferreddisclosed compounds can be effective in treating and/or preventingmaladies associated with vision-threatening intraocular damage due topathophysiological predispositions. Preferred disclosed compoundsinclude those which treat retinal infection, glaucoma, and/or maculardegeneration.

M. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS

In one aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositionscomprising the disclosed compositions. That is, a pharmaceuticalcomposition can be provided comprising a therapeutically effectiveamount of one or more disclosed polymer and/or one or more products of adisclosed method and/or one or more disclosed nanoparticle and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier for administration in a mammal. In afurther aspect, the one or more disclosed polymer and/or one or moreproducts of a disclosed method and/or the one or more disclosednanoparticle is further substituted with at least one biologicallyactive agent, at least one pharmaceutically active agent, and/or atleast one imaging moiety.

The disclosed pharmaceutical compositions can further comprise othertherapeutically active compounds, which are usually applied in thetreatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions. It isunderstood that the disclosed compositions can be employed in thedisclosed methods of using.

N. KITS

Also provided are kits related to the disclosed compositions. In oneaspect, the invention relates to a kit comprising at least one disclosedpolymer, at least one disclosed nanoparticle or at least one product ofa disclosed method. It is understood that the disclosed kits can be usedin connection with the disclosed methods of using.

Also provided are microparticles, and/or larger networks, for use asmaterials for tissue engineering and biogels in biomedical devices.

O. EXPERIMENTAL

The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinaryskill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how thecompounds, compositions, articles, devices and/or methods claimed hereinare made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of theinvention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventorsregard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracywith respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but someerrors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicatedotherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in ° C. or is atambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.

1. Characterization Methods

¹H NMR spectra were obtained from a Bruker AC300 Fourier TransformSpectrometer, with CDCl₃ in TMS as the solvent. ¹³C NMR spectra wereobtained from a Bruker AC400 Fourier Transform Spectrometer with CDCl₃as the solvent.

Gel-permeation chromatography (GPC) was performed on a Waterschromatograph equipped with a Waters 2414 refractive index detector, aWaters 2481 dual λ absorbance detector, a Waters 1525 binary HPLC pump,and four 5 mm Waters columns (300 mm×7.7 mm), connected in series withincreasing pore size (100, 1000, 100,000 and 1,000,000 Å respectively).All runs were performed with tetrahydrofuran (THF) as the eluent at aflow rate of 1 mL/min.

For dynamic light scattering (DLS) a Zetasizer Nano Series instrumentwith a CGS-3 compact goniometer system by Malvern Instruments (MalvernZetasizer Nanoseries, Malvern, UK) was employed at a fixed angle of 90°at 25° C., taking the average of three measurements. The particles werediluted with toluene to a concentration of 5-6 mg mL, which gave thedesired number of counts in order to obtain a good signal-to-noiseratio.

Samples for transmission electron microscopy (TEM) imaging were preparedby dissolving 0.5 mg nanoparticles in 1 mL isopropanol and 0.3 mLacetonitrile. The samples were sonicated for 5 min and were stained with2 drops of 3% phosphotungstic acid. The carbon grids were prepared byplacing a drop of dispersed particles onto an Ultrathin Carbon Type-A400 Mesh Copper Grid (Ted Pella, Inc., Redding, Calif.) and drying atambient temperature. A Philips CM20T transmission electron microscopeoperating at 200 kV in bright-field mode was used to obtain TEMmicrographs of the polymeric nanoparticles.

Samples were centrifuged at 600 rpm on a Model CS InternationalCentrifuge from International Equipment Company (Boston, Mass.).

2. Materials

Reagent chemicals were purchased from Aldrich (Milwaukee, Wis.), EMD,Alfa-Aesar, Fisher Scientific, and Acros and used as received, unlessotherwise stated. Spectra/Por® Dialysis membrane and SnakeSkin® PleatedDialysis Tubing, regenerated cellulose, were purchased from SpectrumLaboratories Inc. and Pierce Biotechnology, respectively. Analytical TLCwas performed on commercial Merck plates coated with silica gel GF254(0.24 mm thick). Silica gel for flash chromatography was Merck Kieselgel60 (230-400 mesh, ASTM) or Sorbent Technologies 60 Å (40-63 μm,technical grade). MAL-dPeg^(TM) ₄-t-boc-hydrazide was obtained fromQuanta Biodesign, Ltd. (Powell, Ohio) and used as received. Cy3 NHS dyeand PD-10 Desalting columns were received from GE Healthcare(Piscataway, N.J.). Spectra/Por® Biotech Cellulose Ester (CE) DialysisMembranes (1,000 MWCO) obtained from Spectrum Laboratories, Inc. (RanchoDominguez, Calif.). SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (10,000 MWCO) wasobtained from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. (Rockford, Ill.). Absolutemolecular weight was determined with static light scattering.

3. Synthesis of A-Allyl-Δ-Valerolactone (avl) (B)

A 500 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, was sealed with aseptum, purged with nitrogen for 30 min and cooled in a dry ice/acetonebath. A solution of lithium diisopropylamine (2.0 M in THF/heptane/ethylbenzene, 33 mL, 66 mmol) was added to the round bottom flask. A nitrogenpurged solution of δ-valerolactone (5.43 mL, 60 mmol) in THF (60 mL) wasadded dropwise via syringe over 1.5 h. After an additional 30 min ofstirring, a solution of allyl bromide (6.21 mL, 72 mmol) inhexamethylphosphoramide (12.51 mL, 72 mmol) was added dropwise viasyringe over 30 min. The reaction mixture was warmed up to −40° C. usinga dry ice/acetone bath and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was quenchedwith excess NH₄Cl solution and warmed to room temperature. The crudeproduct was washed twice with brine, dried with anhydrous magnesiumsulfate and concentrated via rotary evaporator. Column chromatographyusing CH₂Cl₂ gave a viscous yellow product. Yield: 3.4262 g (41%). ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.7 (m, 1H, H₂C═CH—), 5.08 (m, 2H,H₂C═CH—), 4.28 (m, 2H, —C(O)OCH₂—), 2.53-2.58 (m, 2H, H₂C═CHCH₂—), 2.27(m, 1H, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 2.06 (m, 1H, H₂C═CHCH₂CHCH₂—), 1.89 (m, 2H,C(O)OCH₂CH₂—), 1.55 (m, 1H, H₂C═CHCH₂CHCH₂—); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃,ppm) δ: 173.8 (—C(O)O—), 135.0 (H₂C═CH—), 117.4 (H₂C═CH—), 68.4(—C(O)OCH₂—), 39.2 (H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 35.4 (H₂C═CHCH₂—), 24.0(—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), 21.9 (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—).

4. Synthesis of Copolymer Poly(vl-avl) (Ab)

A 50 mL 3-necked round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, was sealedwith two septa and a gas inlet. The flask was evacuated and refilledwith nitrogen three times. Stock solutions of 1.7 M ethanol (EtOH) inTHF and 3.7×10⁻² M tin(II) 2-ethylhexanoate (Sn(Oct)₂) in THF were madein sealed N₂ purged flasks. Solutions of EtOH (0.32 mL, 5.410×10⁻¹ mmol)and Sn(Oct)₂ (0.30 mL, 1.12×10⁻² mmol) were combined in the nitrogenpurged 50 mL flask. After stirring the mixture for 30 min,α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (1.16 g, 8.32 mmol) and δ-valerolactone (vl, 2.5g, 24.97 mmol) were added. The reaction vessel stirred in a 105° C. oilbath for 48 h. Residual monomer and catalyst were removed by dialyzingwith Spectra/Por® dialysis membrane (MWCO=1000) against CH₂Cl₂ to give agolden brown polymer. Yield: 3.2398 g (88%). M_(w)=4834 Da, PDI=1.17; ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.7 (m, H₂C═CH—), 5.09 (m, H₂C═CH—),4.09 (m, —CH₂—O—), 3.65 (m, CH₃CH₂O—), 2.35 (m, vl, —CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl,H₂C═CHCH₂CH—, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 1.68 (m, avl & vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.25 (t,CH₃CH₂O—); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ: 174.6 (avl, —C(O)—), 172.7(vl, —C(O)—), 134.6 (H₂C═CH—), 116.4 (H₂C═CH—), 63.3, 44.3, 35.9, 33.1,27.5, 25.9, 23.6, 20.9.

5. Synthesis of A-Propargyl-Δ-Valerolactone (pvl) (C)

A 250 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, was sealed with aseptum, purged with nitrogen for 30 min and cooled in a dry ice/acetonebath. A solution of lithium diisopropylamine (2.0 M in THF/heptane/ethylbenzene, 22 mL, 44 mmol) was added to the flask. A nitrogen purgedsolution of δ-valerolactone (3.62 mL, 40 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was addeddropwise via syringe over 1.5 h. After an additional 30 min of stirring,a solution of propargyl bromide (4.34 mL, 48 mmol) inhexamethylphosphoramide (8.4 mL, 48 mmol) was added dropwise via syringeover 20 min. The reaction mixture was warmed up to −30° C. using a dryice/acetone bath and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was quenched withexcess NH₄Cl solution and warmed to room temperature. The crude productwas washed twice with brine, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate andconcentrated via rotary evaporator. Column chromatography with CH₂Cl₂gave a viscous yellow product. Yield: 2.8194 g (50.6%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 4.35 (m, 2H, —C(O)OCH₂—), 2.69 (m, 2H,—C(O)CHCH₂C≡CH), 2.53 (m, 1H —C(O)CHCH₂C≡CH), 2.29 (m, 1H, —CHCH₂CH₂—),2.05 (s, 1H, HC≡CCH₂—), 1.96 (m, 2H, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.74 (m, 1H,—CHCH₂CH₂—); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ: 172.8, 80.8, 70.1, 68.5,38.5, 23.8, 21.7, 20.4.

6. Synthesis of Copolymer Poly (vl-avl-pvl) (AbC)

A 50 mL 3-necked round-bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, was sealedwith two septa and a gas inlet. The flask was evacuated and refilledwith nitrogen three times. Stock solutions of 1.7 M ethanol in THF and3.7×10⁻² M Sn(Oct)₂ in THF were made in sealed N₂ purged flasks.Solutions of ethanol (0.21 mL, 3.69×10⁻¹ mmol) and Sn(Oct)₂ (0.20 mL,5.41×10³ mmol) were combined in the nitrogen purged 50 mL flask. Afterstirring the mixture for 30 min, α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (0.8 g, 5.7mmol), δ-valerolactone (1.26 g, 12.6 mmol) andα-propargyl-δ-valerolactone (0.63 g, 4.6 mmol) were added. The reactionvessel stirred in a 105° C. oil bath for 48 h. Residual monomer andcatalyst were removed by dialyzing with Spectra/Por® dialysis membrane(MWCO=1000) against CH₂Cl₂ to give a golden brown polymer. Yield: 2.25 g(84%). M_(w)=3500 Da, PDI=1.26; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.71(m, H₂C═CH—), 5.03 (m, H₂C═CH—), 4.08 (m, —CH₂O—), 3.65 (m, CH₃CH₂O—),2.55 (m, pvl, —C(O)CH—, —CHCH₂C≡CH), 2.45 (m, —CH₂C≡CH), 2.34 (m, vl,—CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 2.02 (m, pvl, —C≡CH),1.68 (m, pvl, avl & vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.259 (t, CH₃CH₂O—); ¹³C NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ: 174.6, 172.7, 133.6, 117.2, 80.7, 69.9, 63.3, 44.3,35.9, 33.1, 27.5, 25.9, 23.6, 20.9.

7. Synthesis of 2-Oxepane-1,5-Dione (opd) (D)

A 100 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, was charged with1,4-cyclohexanedione (2.0 g, 17.84 mmol) and 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid(4.5 g, 26.08 mmol). Dichloromethane (22 mL) was added and the reactionmixture stirred and refluxed for 3 h at 40° C. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature and dried with anhydrous MgSO₄. Solvent wasremoved via rotary evaporation. The crude product was washed three timeswith cold diethyl ether (100 mL for each wash) and dried in vacuo atroom temperature. Yield: 1.4814 g (64.7%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS,ppm) δ: 4.4 (t, 2H, —C(O)OCH₂CH₂C(O)—), 2.84 (dd, 2H, —CH₂C(O)O—), 2.72(m, 4H, —CH₂C(O)CH₂—); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ: 204.9 (—C(O)—),173.3 (—C(O)O—), 63.3 (—CH₂O—), 44.7 (—OCH₂CH₂C(O)—), 38.6(—C(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)—), 27.9 (—CH₂C(O)O—).

8. Synthesis of Copolymer Poly(vl-avl-opd) (ABD)

To a 50 mL 3-necked round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar,condenser, nitrogen purge and septa, 2-oxepane-1,5-dione (0.6987 g, 5.45mmol) and dry toluene (4 mL) was added. The mixture stirred in an oilbath at 70° C. to dissolve the monomer. Upon dissolving, δ-valerolactone(1.5 g, 14.98 mmol), α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (0.9546 g, 6.81 mmol),absolute ethanol (0.0205 g, 4.4×10⁻¹ mmol) and Sn(Oct)₂ (0.0119 g,2.73×10⁻² mmol) were then added to the reactor and the mixture washeated for 48 h at 110° C. Residual monomer and catalyst were removed bydialyzing with Spectra/Por® dialysis membrane (MWCO=1000) against CH₂Cl₂to give a golden brown polymer. Yield: 2.6894 g (85%). M_(w)=4858 Da,PDI=1.27; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.72 (m, H₂C═CH—), 5.06(m, H₂C═CH—), 4.34 (m, —CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂CH₂O—), 4.08 (m, —CH₂O—), 3.67 (m,—OCH₂CH₃), 2.78 (m, opd, —OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂—), 2.58 (m, opd,—OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂—), 2.34 (m, vl, —CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—,H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 1.66 (m, avl & vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.25 (t, —CH₂CH₃); ¹³CNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ: 204.9, 175.2, 173.7, 173.2, 135.0, 117.0,63.9, 44.8, 36.4, 33.6, 28.0, 26.3, 21.3.

9. Synthesis of Copolymer Poly(vl-avl-pvl-opd) (AbCD)

To a 25 mL 3-necked round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar,2-oxepane-1,5-dione (0.2626 g, 2.05 mmol) was added and the flask wassealed with two septa and a gas inlet. The flask was evacuated andrefilled with argon three times. Dry toluene (1.25 mL) was added and themixture stirred in an oil bath at 70° C. to dissolve the monomer. Upondissolving, Sn(Oct)₂ (0.0018 g, 4.41×10⁻³ mmol in 0.15 mL dry toluene),absolute ethanol (12.8 μL, 2.22×10⁻¹ mmol), δ-valerolactone (0.62 g, 6.2mmol), α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (0.38 g, 2.69 mmol), andα-propargyl-δ-valerolactone (0.38 g, 2.73 mmol) were added. Thetemperature of the oil bath was increased to 105° C. and the mixturestirred for 50 h. Residual monomer and catalyst were removed bydialyzing with Spectra/Por® dialysis membrane (MWCO=1000) against CH₂Cl₂to give a golden brown polymer. Yield: 1.31 g (80%). M_(w)=3525 Da,PDI=1.27; ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.86 (m, H₂C═CH—), 5.09(m, H₂C═CH—), 4.34 (m, opd, —CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂CH₂O—), 4.08 (m, avl, pvl &vl, —CH₂O—), 3.65 (m, —OCH₂CH₃), 2.74 (m, opd, —OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)—), 2.60(m, opd, —CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂CH₂—, pvl, —OC(O)CH—, —CHCH₂C≡CH), 2.50 (m,CHCH₂C≡CH), 2.34 (m, vl, —CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—,H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 2.02 (m, HC≡C—), 1.68 (m, pvl, avl & vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—),1.25 (m, —CH₂CH₃).

10. General Procedure for Oxidation of Copolymers

In a 200 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, poly(vl-avl)(2.7389 g, 6.12 mmol) was dissolved in 37 mL of CH₂Cl₂. To thissolution, 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (2.0903 g, 12.11 mmol) was addedslowly. The mixture was stirred for 72 h at room temperature and thenconcentrated via rotary evaporator. The crude product was dissolved in aminimal amount of THF (5 mL) and poured into a round-bottomed flaskcontaining IL diethyl ether. The solution was kept overnight at 0° C.and a white solid was obtained. The solution was decanted off and thesolid was dried in vacuo to obtain poly(vl-evl). Yield: 1.9467 g (71%).¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: The significant change is thedisappearance of the allylic protons at 5.7 and 5.09 ppm and theappearance of small broad resonance peaks at 2.96, 2.75 and 2.47 ppm dueto the formation of the epoxide ring. All other aspects of the spectrumare similar.

11. General Procedure for Nanoparticle Formation

In a 100 mL three-necked round bottom flask equipped with stir bar,condenser and septa, a solution of 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine(39.3 μL, 2.68×10⁻⁴ mol) in 27.6 mL CH₂Cl₂. A solution of poly(vl-evl)(0.1330 g, M_(w)=4834 Da, PDI=1.17) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (0.18 mL) wasadded dropwise via a peristaltic pump at 13 mL/min with vigorousstirring. The mixture was heated at reflux for a total of 12 h. Residualdiamine was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000) against dichloromethane. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm)δ: The significant change is the disappearance of the epoxide protons at2.96, 2.75 and 2.47 ppm and the appearance of signals at 3.5 and 2.89ppm corresponding to the protons neighboring the secondary amine of thePEG linker after cross-linking. All other aspects of the spectrum aresimilar.

12. Determination of Amine Content

Nanoparticles can be titrated with a strong acid to determine aminecontent. As shown in Table 2, several poly(vl-evl) (AB) nanoparticlesamples were titrated with perchloric acid to determine the weightpercentages (wt %) of primary amine and secondary amine in the threesamples that we analyzed with transmission electron microscopy. Thethree samples (shown in Table 2) titrated have the following sizedimensions by DLS: 58.06, 255.7 and 425.1 nm.

TABLE 2 Correlation of particle size and amine content AB Nanoparticlesize (nm) Primary amine wt % Secondary amine wt % 58.06 0.008% 0.031%255.7 0.025% 0.098% 425.1 0.055%  0.20%

13. Nanoparticles Formed by Co-Polymerization

While nanoparticles are typically prepared with a single type of polymeror copolymer, nanoparticles have also been successfully produced from amixture of poly(vl-evl-pvl) and poly(vl-evl-opd). Such nanoparticles aretabulated in Table 3.

TABLE 3 Nanoparticles formed from two polymers Diameter (nm)Poly(vl-evl-pvl) with Amine/1 Epoxide poly(vl-evl-opd) 4 43.7 ± 4.50 894.15 ± 6.85 

14. Varying Comonomer Content

The properties of nanoparticles can be further tailored by incorporatingdifferent percentages of epoxy-δ-valerolactone (evl) into the polymerbackbone. The data summarized in Table 4, below, shows the nanoparticlesmade from the linear poly(vl-evl) with 2% evl, 7% evl, and 19% evl.These data show that, as the % evl is decreased to 2% in the linearpolymer, smaller nanoparticles can be obtained. As the % evl is increaseto 19%, the resulting nanoparticles are larger but have a smalldeviation in comparison to the larger nanoparticles made frompoly(vl-evl) with 7% evl.

TABLE 4 Effect of varying comonomer content Diameter (nm) Diameter (nm)Poly(vl-evl) Diameter (nm) Poly(vl-evl) 7% evl Poly(vl-evl) Amine/1Epoxide 2% evl AB 19% evl 3  7.02 ± 1.05  82.1 ± 5.73 179.9 ± 18.0 419.04 ± 1.32 115.6 ± 25.4 225.6 ± 22.5 5 33.55 ± 1.93 255.7 ± 60.3 299.0± 31.2 6 48.66 ± 3.18 342.2 ± 52.2 409.1 ± 42.7 8  84.89 ± 10.47 425.1 ±100  843.3 ± 88.0

The relationship between reaction stoichiometry and particle size forvarying comonomer content is further illustrated in FIG. 8-FIG. 10.

15. Addition of Ethylenediamine 2-Vinylsulfonyl-Ethyl Carbonate to ABD(Poly(vl-evl-opd)) Nanoparticles

In a 100 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, ABDnanoparticles (0.0846 g, 2.45×10⁻⁴ mmol) were dissolved in 12.5 mL ofCH₂Cl₂. To this solution, ethylenediamine 2-(vinylsulfonyl)-ethylcarbonate in methanol (0.0152 g in 69 μL methanol, 5.89×10⁻² mmol) wasadded. Sodium cyanoborohydride (0.0111 g, 1.76×10⁻¹ mmol) was dissolvedin 12.5 mL methanol and added to the round bottom flask. The pH of thereaction mixture was adjusted to a pH of 6.5 with aqueous 1 M NaOH and 1M HCl. The mixture was stirred for 25 h at room temperature and thendialyzed with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against1:1 dichloromethane/methanol. Successful attachment of the linker wasobserved by the appearance of signals 6.7 ppm and 6.9 ppm (¹H NMR, 300MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) due to the vinyl protons of the linker.

16. Attachment of GV-13-Alexafluor 750 to ABD Nanoparticles

In a small vial, equipped with a stir bar, linker modified nanoparticles(L-ABD) (29.9 mg) were dissolved in 800 μL PBS buffer (pH 7.2) and 700μL dimethylformamide. To this solution, 251 μL GV-13-Alexafluor (0.44 mgin 150 μL PBS buffer and 26.5 μL DMF) was added to the vial viamicropipette. After 45 min of stirring at room temperature, GV-13 (2.08mg, 1.9×10⁻³ mmol) dissolved in 200 μL PBS buffer was added. Thereaction mixture stirred for 24 h in aluminum covered beaker. Theresulting mixture was purified with concentrating tubes (MWCO=10,000) toremove excess GV-13 and GV-13-Alexafluor. The purified product wasconcentrated via rotary evaporator. Successful attachment of peptide anddye was observed by the presence of a bright blue color due to the dye.¹H NMR also shows the presence of the peptide.

General. Commercial reagents were obtained from commercial sources(Aldrich, EMD, Alfa-Aesar, Fisher Scientific, and Acros) and usedwithout further purification. Analytical TLC was performed on commercialMerck plates coated with silica gel GF254 (0.24 mm thick) and spotslocated by UV light (254 and 366 nm). Silica gel for flashchromatography was Merck Kieselgel 60 (230-400 mesh, ASTM) or SorbentTechnologies 60 Å (40-63 μm, technical grade).MAL-dPeg™₄-t-boc-hydrazide was obtained from Quanta Biodesign, Ltd.(Powell, Ohio) and used as received. Cy3 NHS dye and PD-10 Desaltingcolumns were received from GE Healthcare (Piscataway, N.J.).Spectra/Por® Biotech Cellulose Ester (CE) Dialysis Membranes (1,000MWCO) obtained from Spectrum Laboratories, Inc. (Rancho Dominguez,Calif.). SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (10,000 MWCO) was obtainedfrom Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. (Rockford, Ill.).

Instrumentation: Samples were centrifuged at 600 rpm on a Model CSInternational Centrifuge from International Equipment Company (Boston,Mass.). Reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC)was carried out with a Varian Prostar HPLC. The products were elutedusing a solvent gradient (solvent A=0.05% TFA/H₂O; solvent B=0.05%TFA/CH₃CN). Nuclear magnetic resonance was performed on Bruker AC300 andAC400 Fourier Transform Spectrometers using deuterated solvents and thesolvent peak as a reference. Gel permeation chromatography was performedin tetrahydrofuran (THF) with the eluent at a flow rate of 1 mL/min on aWaters chromatograph equipped with four 5 mm Waters columns (300 mm×7.7mm) connected in series with increasing pore size (100, 1000, 100,000and 1,000,000 Å respectively). A Waters 2487 Dual λ Absorbance Detectorand a 2414 Refractive Index Detector were employed. Dynamic lightscattering was performed on a Malvern Zetasizer Nanoseries instrumentwith a CGS-3 compact goniometer system.

17. Synthesis of Compound 1

To a solution of dimethoxyethane (40 mL) was added MeNO₂ (11.37 mL, 200mmol) followed by Triton B (2 mL). The mixture was heated to 67° C. andthen tert-butyl acrylate (91.83 mL, 620 mmol) was added to maintain thetemperature at 75° C. When the temperature started to decrease,additional Triton B (1 mL) was added. After the addition was completed,the solution was heated to maintain at 75° C. for 2 hours. The solventwas removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in CHCl₃ and theresulting organic solution was washed with 10% HCl, brine, and driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄. Removal of the solvent in vacuo gave a crudesolid that was further purified by recrystallization from EtOH to obtaina colorless crystal (95% yield). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.44 (s, CH₃, 27H),2.21 (m, CH₂, 12H). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): 27.93 (CH₃), 29.68 (CH₂CO), 30.22(CCH₂), 81.02 (CCH₃), 92.09 (CNH₂), 170.97 (CO₂).

18. Synthesis of Compound 2

A solution of compound I (6.0 g, 0.0135 mol) in a mixture of ethanol(140 mL) and dichloromethane (20 mL) was added to a Parr hydrogenationbottle. Then, 4 grams of Raney-nickel was added. The mixture washydrogenated at 50 psi and room temperature. The reaction was monitoredby thin-layer chromatography (TLC) until the starting materialdisappeared. The catalyst was carefully filtered through Celite, and thesolvent was removed in vacuo yielding a crude solid. The residue wasdissolved in dichloromethane and washed with saturated NaHCO₃ and water,and then dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄. Removal of dichloromethane gave awhite solid (93%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.44 (s, CH₃, 27H), 1.95 (t, CH₂,6H), 2.43 (t, CH₂, 6H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): 27.98 (CH₃), 29.46 (CH₂CO),31.47 (CCH₂), 56.99 (CNH₂), 80.96 (CCH₃), 172.30 (CO₂).

19. Synthesis of Compound 4

To a solution of compound 3 (0.65 g, 2.35 mmol) in 50 mL dry THF thefollowing reagents were added 1-hydrobenzotriazole (HOBt) (0.96 g, 7.10mmol), DCC (1.46 g, 7.10 mmol) and then 2 (3.54 g, 8.5 mmol). Thesolution was stirred at room temperature and the reaction was monitoredby TLC. After 40 hrs, the white precipitate was filtered and thesolution was concentrated to yield a crude residue. The product waspurified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexane:ethyl acetate=3:2)yielding a white solid (85%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.44 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.95(m, CH₂, 18H), 2.21 (m, CH₂, 30H), 6.20 (s, NH, 3H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃):28.04, 29.74, 29.85, 31.28, 57.56, 80.69, 92.47, 170.46, 172.76.

20. Synthesis of Compound 5

A solution of compound 4 (1.47 g, 1 mmol) in 15 mL of formic acid wasstirred at room temperature overnight. After the solution wasconcentrated, toluene was added and the solution was evaporated toremove any residue of formic acid to give a white solid (100%). ¹H NMR(DMSO): δ1.81 (m, CH₂, 18H), 2.11 (m, CH₂, 30H), 7.29 (s, NH, 3H), 12.10(br, COOH); ¹³C NMR (DMSO): 28.03, 29.03, 30.08, 56.41, 93.31, 170.43,174.42.

21. Synthesis of Compound 6

To a solution of compound 5 (2.12 g, 0.0022 mol) in DMF (30 mL), HOBt(2.68 g, 0.0198 mol) and DCC (4.09 g, 0.0198 mol) were added. Themixture was chilled to 0° C. with ice-water bath. Then, a solution ofN-Boc-ethylenediamine (3.49 g, 0.0218 mol) in DMF (5 mL) was addeddropwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 48 hrs. The solution was then filtered and 200 mL of dichloromethanewas added, and washed with 1N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, and water. Theorganic phase was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated to yield acrude residue. The product was purified by column chromatography (elutedfirst with 2% methanol in dichloromethane, then with 6% methanol indichloromethane, followed by 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to obtaina white solid (51%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 1.44 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.80-2.10 (m,CH₂, 48H), 3.0-3.2 (m, CH₂, 36H), 6.20 (m, NH, 3H), 6.46 (m, NH, 8H),7.71 (m, NH, 8H); ¹³C NMR (CD₃OD): 28.40, 31.24, 31.44, 31.80, 32.09,40.66, 40.97, 59.14, 80.13, 94.42, 158.48, 173.48, 175.91. This whitesolid was then dissolved in 40 mL of 1,4-dioxane. At 0° C., 40 mL of 4 MHCl in dioxane was added to the solution under Ar atmosphere and stirredat room temperature for 1 hr. Removal of the solvent gave a white solidas the deprotected HCl salt (100%). ¹H NMR (D₂O): δ 1.70-2.15 (m, CH₂,48H), 3.30 (m, CH₂, 18H), 3.36 (m, CH₂, 18H); ¹³C NMR (D₂O): 27.61,27.98, 28.86, 35.11, 37.41, 56.29, 92.01, 171.84, 174.98. 1.53 g (0.92mmol) of the resulting HCl salt was dissolved in 80 mL of methanol. At0° C., 3.5 mL of Et₃N was added to the solution, followed by theaddition of N,N′-diBoc-N″-triflylguanidine (4.2 g, 10.73 mmol). Thesolution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr. After removal of thesolvent, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed withwater, 1N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, and water. The organic layer was driedover anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and removed in vacuo. The residue product waspurified by column chromatography (eluted with 2% methanol indichloromethane, then 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give a whitesolid (90%) as compound 6. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 1.45 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.51(m, CH₃, 81H), 1.90-2.25 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.30-3.52 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR(CD₃OD): 28.37, 28.67, 31.32, 31.67, 32.06, 39.74, 41.24, 59.02, 80.23,84.35, 94.31, 153.91, 157.737, 164.38, 173.33, 175.87.

22. Synthesis of Compound 7

To a solution of compound 5 (1.2, 0.001245 mol), HOBt (1.514 g, 0.0112mol) and DCC (2.311 g, 0.0112 mol) were added in 20 mL of DMF. Then,N-Boc-1,6-diaminohexane (2.66 g, 0.0123 mol) was dissolved in 5 mL ofDMF dropwise at 0° C. The solution was then stirred at room temperaturefor 48 hrs. The solution was then filtered and 200 mL of dichloromethanewas added, and washed with 1N HCl, saturated NaHCO₃, and water. Theorganic phase was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated to yield acrude residue. The product was purified by column chromatography (elutedfirst with 2% methanol in dichloromethane, then with 5% methanol indichloromethane, followed by 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to obtaina white solid (45%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 1.2-1.6 (m, CH₃, CH₂, 153H),1.80-2.10 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.0-3.2 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR (CD₃OD): 27.54,28.85, 30.37, 30.90, 31.28, 31.60, 32.14, 40.58, 41.24, 59.13, 79.30,94.30, 158.49, 173.50, 175.56. This white solid was then dissolved in 40mL of 1,4-dioxane. At 0° C., 40 mL of 4 M HCl in dioxane was added tothe solution under Ar atmosphere and stirred at room temperature for 1hr. Removal of the solvent gave a white solid as the deprotected HClsalt (100%). ¹H NMR (D₂O): δ 1.10-1.60 (m, CH₂, 72H), 1.7-2.2 (m, CH₂,48H), 3.30 (m, CH₂, 18H), 3.36 (m, CH₂, 18H). 0.838 g (0.385 mmol) ofthe resulting HCl salt was dissolved in 80 mL of methanol. At 0° C.,1.45 mL of Et₃N was added to the solution, followed by the addition ofN,N′-diBoc-N″-triflylguanidine (1.765 g, 4.51 mmol). The solution wasstirred at room temperature for 24 hr. After removal of the solvent, theresidue was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with water, 1N HCl,and water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and removedin vacuo. The residue product was purified by column chromatography(eluted with 2% methanol in dichloromethane, then 10% methanol indichloromethane) to give a white solid (90%) as compound 7. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD): ¹H NMR of 9 (CD₃OD): δ 1.15-1.55 (m, 234H), 1.70-2.15 (m, CH₂,48H), 3.29-3.30 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR (CD₃OD): 27.70, 27.62, 28.33,28.67, 30.08, 30.33, 31.30, 31.60, 40.48, 40.62, 41.27, 54.5, 59.14,80.25, 84.40, 154.22, 157.49, 164.53, 173.50, 175.53.

23. Synthesis of Compound 8 and 9

Compound 6 (or 7, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in 40 mL of ethanol andtransferred into a hydrogenation bottle containing 5 g of Raney-Nickelcatalyst. The solution was hydrogenated at room temperature at 65 psiand monitored by TLC. The catalyst was filtered through Celite. Thesolvent was removed in vacuo to give a white solid 8 or 9 (80%). ¹H NMRof 8 (CD₃OD): δ 1.46 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.51 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.90-2.25 (m,CH₂, 48H), 3.30-3.55 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR (CD₃OD): 28.37, 28.67,31.40, 31.76, 39.76, 41.27, 54.0, 58.86, 80.32, 84.37, 153.97, 157.81,164.4, 175.61, 176.02. ¹H NMR of 9 (CD₃OD): δ 1.20-1.70 (m, 234H),1.85-2.40 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.10-3.50 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR (CD₃OD):27.01, 27.18, 28.27, 28.53, 29.42, 29.71, 30.15, 30.88, 31.19, 40.03,41.23, 54.3, 58.21, 79.93, 83.84, 153.62, 156.65, 163.83, 175.77.

24. Synthesis of Compound FD-1

FITC (0.14 g, 0.36 mmol), dissolved in 1 mL of DMF, was added to asolution of compound 8 (0.23 g, 0.066 mmol) in a mixture of DMF anddichloromethane. The solution was chilled to 0° C., to which Et₃N (0.092mL, 0.66 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the residue was dissolved indichloromethane and washed with 1N HCl and water. The dichloromethanelayer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to obtain ayellow solid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 1.46 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.51 (m, CH₃, 81H),1.90-2.25 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.30-3.55 (m, CH₂, 36H), 6.52-6.72 (br, 4H),7.15 (br, 1H), 7.5 (br, 2H), 7.72 (br, 1H), 8.4 (br, 1H). The resultingyellow solid (200 mg, 0.052 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of 1,4-dioxane.At 0° C., 10 mL of 4 M HCl in dioxane was added to the solution under Arprotection and stirred at room temperature overnight. After evaporationof the solvent in vacuo, the product was dissolved in water and theinsoluble precipitate was filtered. Removal of water yielded a crudeyellow solid, which was further purified by RP-HPLC using a solventgradient (solvent A=0.05% TFA/H₂O; solvent B=0.05% TFA/CH₃CN) to obtaincompound 10. ¹H NMR (D₂O): δ 1.85-2.30 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.10-3.30 (m, CH₂,36H), 6.9 (br, 2H), 7.10-7.2 (m, 3H), 7.4 (s, 2H), 7.5 (br, 1H), 8.1 (s,1H).

25. Synthesis of Compound FD-2

FITC (0.016 g, 0.0376 mmol), dissolved in 1 mL of DMF, was added to asolution of compound 9 (0.050 g, 0.0125 mmol) in a mixture of DMF anddichloromethane (1:1). The solution was chilled to 0° C., to which Et₃N(12 μL) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight at roomtemperature. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the residue was dissolved indichloromethane and washed with 1N HCl and water. The dichloromethanelayer was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrated to obtain asolid. The product was dissolved in methanol and purified by dialysiswith Spectro®Por Biotech RC membranes (MWCO 3500). After removal of themethanol, a yellow solid was obtained. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD): δ 1.20-1.7 (m,CH₃, CH₂, 234H), 1.89-2.30 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.10-3.40 (m, CH₂, 36H),6.52-6.72 (br, 4H), 7.15 (br, 1H), 7.5-7.72 (br, 3H), 8.1 (br, 1H). Theresulting yellow solid (200 mg, 0.052 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of1,4-dioxane. At 0° C., 10 mL of 4 M HCl in dioxane was added to thesolution under Ar protection and stirred at room temperature overnight.The precipitate was filtered out and dried in vacuo. The obtained yellowsolid was dissolved in water and lyophilized to yield compound 11. ¹HNMR (D₂O): δ 1.1-1.50, (m, CH₂, 72H), 1.50-2.20 (m, CH₂, 48H), 3.10-3.30(m, CH₂, 36H), 6.5-6.7 (br, 6H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.5 (br, 3H).

26. Examples FD-1 and FD-2

As examples of the compounds of the invention, two non-peptidicfluorescently labeled Newkome-type dendrimers, differentiated over avaried alkyl spacer with guanidine end moieties, were designed andsynthesized. The assessment of internalization into mammalian cellsusing NIH-3T3 fibroblasts and human microvascular endothelial cells(HMEC) showed that the spacer length at the terminal generation of thedendrimers can affect direction of cargo molecules precisely intospecific subcellular compartments (e.g., nucleus or cytosol). Suchdirection can be particularly advantageous for the controlledintracellular delivery of bioactive cargo molecules into targetedlocations.

The two exemplary FITC-dendrimer conjugates were found to be highlywater soluble and were further investigated for their capability totranslocate through the cell membrane. Internalization of FD-1 and FD-2in mammalian cells was assessed using two different cell lines and apreviously described method [Futaki, S.; Nakase, I.; Suzuki, T.; Youjun,Y.; Sugiura, Y. Biochemistry 2002, 41, 7925.] with NIH-3T3 fibroblastsand HMEC (human microvascular endothelial cells) and a Zeiss LSM 510confocal microscope. FIG. 12 shows the time course of uptake of FD-1 andFD-2 into NIH-3T3 Fibroblasts at 37° C. The fluorescence was clearlyobserved within the cells 2.5 min after the addition of conjugates tothe medium, which is comparable to the uptake rate of Tat-peptide.[Futaki, S.; Nakase, I.; Suzuki, T.; Youjun, Y.; Sugiura, Y.Biochemistry 2002, 41, 7925; Vivès, E.; Brodin, P.; Lebleu, B. J. Biol.Chem. 1997, 272, 16010.] Furthermore, the extent of internalizationincreased in an incubation time-dependent manner, and it was observedthat after just 10 min, the fluorescence intensity of cells treated withFD-2 was near saturation. However, the fluorescence intensity of cellstreated with FD-1 did not approach saturation until the longer timepoints (45 min˜2 hr). Additionally, FD-1 and FD-2 exhibited differentialpatterns of subcellular localization, as FD-1 appeared to concentrate inthe nucleus while FD-2 appeared to concentrate in the cytosol. Withoutwishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the length of thespacer at the terminal generation of the dendrimer can not only controlthe uptake rate, [Wender, P. A.; Kreider, E.; Pelkey, E. T.; Steinman,L.; Rothbard, J. B.; VanDeusen, C. L. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 4815.] butalso regulate the subcellular localization of the molecule and itsputative cargo. For instance, the uptake levels of FD-2 appeared to begenerally stronger than those of FD-1 after the same incubation time atthe same concentration. Therefore, the dendrimer with a hexyl spacercrosses the cell membrane faster than the molecule with an ethyl chain.On the other hand, the localization patterns can also be controlled bythe length of the spacer. FD-1 with the short spacer appeared to belocalized everywhere in the cell, but highly concentrated in thenucleus. However, FD-2, with its longer spacer, was observed to residemainly in the cytosol. These translocation features of guanidinlyateddendritic scaffolds as carriers can be important for intracellulardelivery of cargo molecules to specific subcellular compartments (e.g.,cytosol or nucleus). For example, a translocation approach that does notsaturate the nucleus can be highly attractive as it can be both lesscytotoxic and could afford cytosolic-targeted cargos with greateraccuracy in delivery, and therefore higher efficacy. Without wishing tobe bound by theory, it is believed that the differential uptake patternsby FD-1 and FD-2 are due to the presence of a hexyl spacing chain inFD-2, resulting in a greater hydrophobicity of the entire conjugate ascompared with FD-1. Additionally, the uptake of FD-1 and FD-2 conjugatesby HMEC was also conducted. Entry of the two conjugates into HMEC showsa similar internalization pattern to that seen in fibroblasts.

In control experiments, cells treated with free FITC and Boc-protectedguanidinylated FITC-dendrimer showed no or extremely weak fluorescence,respectively. Therefore, the guanidino groups play an important role inthe cell permeability of these molecules, while the length of thespacing chain determines both the differential rate of uptake andsubcellular localization patterns. Although the mechanism of Tattranslocation remains to be understood, it has been demonstrated thatthe rate of uptake is not temperature dependent. [Futaki, S.; Nakase,I.; Suzuki, T.; Youjun, Y.; Sugiura, Y. Biochemistry 2002, 41, 7925.;Vives, E.; Brodin, P.; Lebleu, B. J. Biol. Chem. 1997, 272, 16010.] Thisindicates that endocytosis does not play a crucial role in thetranslocation process. Evaluation of the effect of temperature on theinternalization of FD-1 and FD-2 indicated that the two conjugates areable to get into cells not only at 37° C., but also at 4° C., even at alower dendrimer concentration (1 μM) (see FIGS. 3 and 4 in contrast tocontrol experiments, as shown in FIG. 15). No significant decrease influorescence intensity of cells treated with FD-1 or FD-2 was observed,indicating that the uptake process does not occur via endocytosis.

27. Synthesis of Dendrimer B11

A three-neck round bottom flask was flame-dried under argon, to whichnitrotriacid B3 (3.192 g, 0.0115 mmol), 1-hydrobenzotriazole (HOBt)(5.609 g, 0.0415 mol), DCC (8.560 g, 0.0415 mol) and 100 mL THF wereadded sequentially. After 2 hours activation, aminotriester B2 (17.216g, 0.0415 mol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperaturefor 40 h, and the crude product was purified by flash columnchromatography, eluting first with hexane/ethyl acetate (10:1) and thenhexane/ethyl acetate (3:2) to yield dendrimer B11 (15.91 g, 94.1%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ=1.44 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.95 (m, CH₂, 18H), 2.21 (m,CH₂, 30H), 6.20 (s, NH, 3H); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ=28.04, 29.74,29.85, 31.28, 57.56, 80.69, 92.47, 170.46, 172.76.

28. Synthesis of Dendrimer B12

A solution of B11 (10.0 g, 0.0 mol) in 150 mL of absolute ethanol in thepresence of 8 grams of Raney-Nickel was hydrogenated at 60 psi ofhydrogen at room temperature for 24 h. The suspension was carefullyfiltered through Celite and removal of the solvent under reducedpressure yielded B12 (9.86 g, 98.5%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=1.44(m, CH₃, 81H), 1.61 (m, CH₂, 6H), 1.95 (m, CH₂, 12H), 2.21 (m, CH₂,30H); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=28.42, 30.24, 30.47, 32.02, 36.24,53.53, 58.37, 81.18, 173.96, 175.39.

29. Synthesis of B25

To a room temperature stirred solution of 6-bromohexanoic acid (2.0 g,0.0102 mol) in 7 mL of DMF was added NaN₃ (1.30 g, 0.020 mol). Thereaction mixture was heated and stirred at 85° C. for 5 h. After DMF wasremoved, DCM was added to dissolve the residue. The mixture was washedwith 0.1 N HCl and dried over anhydrous NaSO₄. Removal of the solventgave a crude oil that was purified by flash column chromatography,eluting first with DCM and then ethyl acetate/DCM (3:7) to yield B25(1.67 g, 69.07%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ=1.38-1.49 (m, CH₂, 2H),1.54-1.70 (m, CH₂, 4H), 2.32 (t, CH₂, 2H), 3.30 (t, CH₂, 2H); ¹³C NMR(400 MHz, MeOD): δ=25.57, 27.32, 29.62, 34.72, 52.27, 177.38.

30. Synthesis of Dendrimer B13

To a stirred solution of B25 (1.29 g, 8.22 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50mL) were added DCC (1.70 g, 8.22 mmol) and HOBt (1.112 g, 8.22 mmol) atroom temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 h, then dendrimer B12(9.86 g, 6.85 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred for40 h. After filtration and removal of THF, the product was purified byflash column chromatography, eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate (1:1) toyield B13 (8.50 g, 78.53%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=1.44 (m, CH₃,CH₂, 83H), 1.95 (m, CH₂, 18H), 2.21 (m, CH₂, 32H), 3.30 (m, CH₂, 2H);¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=26.47, 27.47, 28.43, 29.62, 30.35, 30.61,32.07, 32.23, 37.56, 52.28, 58.63, 58.77, 81.54, 174.21, 175.35, 175.66.

31. Synthesis of Dendrimer B14

To a 0° C. stirred solution of non-amine B5 (4.06 g, 2.43 mmol) in amethanol/acetonitrile (25 mL/15 mL) were added triethylamine (6.87 g,68.0 mmol) and ethyl trifluoroacetate (9.32 g, 65.6 mmol) and thereaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h and then at roomtemperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residuewas taken up in ethyl acetate, and the resulting organic solution waswashed with 1N HCl and brine and dried over anhydrous NaSO₄. Removal ofthe solvent in vacuo gave a crude solid that was purified by flashchromatography (EtOAc/Methanol gradient) to yield a solid (3.02 g,56.3%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=1.85-2.10 (m, CH₂, 18H), 2.11-2.35(m, CH₂, 30H), 3.24-3.48 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD):δ=31.08, 31.26, 31.75, 32.01, 39.42, 40.42, 58.93, 94.33, 111.74,115.54, 119.33, 123.13, 158.57, 159.06, 159.55, 160.04, 173.57, 176.14.The resulting white solid (1.0 g, 0.453 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol(45 mL) and transferred into a hydrogenation vessel containingRaney-Nickel catalyst (5 g) and the suspension was stirred at 80 psi ofhydrogen at 50° C. for 48 h. After filtration through Celite, thesolvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a B14 as a whitesolid (0.964 g, 97.7%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=1.67 (m, CH₂, 6H),1986 (m, CH₂, 12H), 2.188 (m, CH₂, 30H), 3.30-3.55 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³CNMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ=31.20, 32.11, 36.17, 39.38, 40.52, 54.06, 58.80,111.79, 115.53, 119.36, 123.10, 158.58, 159.04, 159.50, 160.11, 175.55,176.24.

32. Synthesis of Dendrimer B15

To a stirred solution of 6-heptynoic acid (0.3022 g, 2.40 mmol) inanhydrous THF (50 mL) were added DCC (0.4952 g, 2.40 mmol) and HOBt(0.3245 g, 2.40 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2h, then dendrimer B14 (1.0432 g, 0.48 mmol) was added and the resultingsolution was stirred for 40 h. After filtration and removal of THF, theproduct was purified by flash column chromatography, eluting with ethylacetate/methanol gradient to yield B15 (0.620 g, 56.57%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, CD₃OD): δ=1.53 (m, CH₂, 2H), 1.71 (m, CH₂, 3H), 1.890-2.5 (m, CH₂,50H), 3.30 (m, CH₂, 36H); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=18.81, 26.14,29.43, 31.27, 31.80, 37.37, 39.35, 40.43, 58.83, 59.05, 69.95, 83.4,111.74, 115.57, 119.37, 123.13, 158.55, 159.07, 159.53, 159.99, 175.60,176.25.

33. Synthesis of Dendrimer B16

Azide dendron B13 (100 mg, 0.044 mmol) and alkyne dendron B15 (70 mg,0.044 mmol) were dissolved in THF/H₂O (4:1) and DIPEA (0.017 g, 0.132mmol, 3 equiv) followed by Cu(PPh₃)₃Br (0.0042 g, 0.0044 mmol) wereadded. The reaction mixture was placed in the microwave reactor(Biotage) and irradiated at 120° C. for 20 min. After completion of thereaction, THF was removed and the residue was taken up in DCM. Theorganic layer was washed with water once and dried over anhydrousNa₂SO₄. ¹H NMR of B16 (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ=1.43 (m, CH₃, 81H), 1.71 (m,CH₂, 8H), 1.890-2.5 (m, CH₂, 96H), 2.71 (m, CH₂, 2H), 3.30 (m, CH₂,36H), 4.38 (m, CH₂, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H).

34. Synthesis of B17 and B18

The “Bow-Tie” B16 was stirred in formic acid overnight at roomtemperature. After the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure,toluene was added and concentrated in vacuo to remove any residue offormic acid to give a white nonacid (100%). To a solution of the aboveresulting solid in DMF, HOBt and DCC were added and the solution wascooled to 0° C. N-Boc-ethylenediamine or N-Boc-hexyldiamine was addeddropwise and the mixture was stirred for 48 h at room temperature,filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue wasdissolved in dichloromethane and the resulting organic solution waswashed sequentially with 1N HCl, water and dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄.The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude residuewas purified by flash column chromatography to yield B17 or B18.

35. Synthesis of B19 and B20

Potassium carbonate was added to B17 or B18 in methanol/water, themixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The crude product waspurified by dialysis against methanol with Spectra®Por Biotechregenerated cellulose membranes (MWCO=3500) for 24 h to give B19 or B20.

36. Synthesis of B21 and B22

The above B19 or B20 was then dissolved in 1,4-dioxane and the solutioncooled 0° C., 4 M HCl in dioxane was added and stirred for 1 hr at roomtemperature. Removal of the solvent under reduced pressure gave a whitesolid. The resulting HCl salt was dissolved in methanol and the solutionwas cooled to 0° C. Et₃N was added, followed byN,N′-diBoc-N″-triflylguanidine and the mixture was stirred for 24 h atroom temperature. After the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure, the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane and the solutionwas washed with 1N HCl water, and dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄. Afterremoval of the solvent under reduced pressure, the crude product waspurified by dialysis against methanol with Spectra®Por Biotechregenerated cellulose membranes (MWCO=3500) for 24 h to give B21 or B22.

37. Synthesis of B23 and B24

The resulting solid B21 or B22 was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane and thesolution cooled to 0° C., 4 M HCl in dioxane was added and the solutionstirred overnight at room temperature. The precipitate was filtered offand dried to give a crude product. The solid was re-dissolved in waterand insoluble precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was dialyzedagainst water with Spectra®Por Biotech cellulose ester membranes(MWCO=1000) for 48 hrs and lyophilized to yield a water-soluble B23 orB24.

38. Compound Q6

3-Carboxaldehydebicyclo[4,2,0]octa-1,3,5-triene or4-Carboxaldehydebenzocyclobutene, Q6. To a 500-mL flask was added 50 mLdry of THF, Mg turnings (2.88 g, 120 mmol), and 1,2-dibromoethane (4drops). The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 15 min,4-Bromobenzocyclobutene, 5.11 (20.0 g, 109 mmol) in 25 mL THF was addedvia a dropping funnel to form the Grignard reagent. After addition andrinsing the dropping funnel with 25 mL of dry THF, the reaction mixturewas heated for an additional 45 min under reflux to give a green brownsolution. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C., DMF (15 mL, 210mmol) was added dropwise to the solution, and the reaction mixture washeated under reflux for 15 min. The reaction mixture was poured onto 150g of ice, acidified to pH), and neutralized with saturated NaHCO₃solution. The crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate, theorganic phase was filtered over Celite, and evaporation of the solventgave the crude product. The product was purified by columnchromatography using 10% diethyl ether/hexane as eluting solvents andwas finally purified by Kugelrohr distillation (145° C., 0.5 mm) to givethe aldehyde Q6 (11.7 g, 81.2%) as a colorless liquid; IR 3000-2800,1690, 1598, 1216, 1067 and 827 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDC₃) δ 9.9 (s,1H, CHO), 7.65 (dd, 1H, J=7.4 Hz, J′=1.2 Hz, ArH), 7.50 (s, 1H, ArH),7.14 (dd, 1H, J=7.4 Hz, J′) 1.2 Hz, ArH), 3.15 (s, 4H, CH₂); ¹³C NMR(100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 192.28, 153.69, 146.57, 135.4, 130.26, 122.89,122.81, 29.97, and 29.23. Anal. Calcd for C₉H₈O; C, 81.8; H, 6.10.Found: C, 81.7; H, 5.94.

39. Compound Q4

3-Ethenylbicyclo[4,2,0]octa-1,3,5-triene or 4-Vinylbenzocyclobutene, Q4.To a 500-mL round-bottom neck flask was added (Ph)₃PCH₃Br (24.3 g, 68.1mmol), 110 mL of dry THF, and the solution was cooled to −78° C. n-BuLi(2.5 M in hexane, 26.4 mL, 66 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reactionmixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. The yellow-orangesolution was cooled to −78° C., and the aldehyde 6 (7.16 g, 54.2 mmol),diluted in 34 mL of dry THF, was added slowly. The mixture warmed toroom temperature, and stirring continued for 2 h. The reaction wastreated sequentially with saturated NH₄Cl and saturated NaHCO₃ solution,and the crude product was filtered over Celite, washed with diethylether/hexane (1:1), and evaporated to dryness (no heat) to give thecrude product. Further purification by column chromatography using 5%diethyl ether/hexane as an eluting solvent followed by Kugelrohrdistillation (75° C., 1.0 mm) gave the pure styrene derivative Q4 as acolorless liquid (5.50 g, 78%); IR 2925, 1627, 1473, 989, 901, and 829cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.26 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz, ArH), 7.20 (s,1H, ArH), 7.04 (d, 1H, J=7.4 Hz, ArH), 6.74 (dd, 1H, J=17.5 Hz, J′=10.8Hz, CH), 5.70 (d, 1H, J=17.5 Hz, CH₂), 5.20 (d, 1H, J′=10.8 Hz, CH₂),3.19 (s, 4H, CH₂); ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) ä 146.09, 145.75, 137.94,136.69, 125.71, 122.58, 119.90, 112.38, 29.52, and 29.35. Anal. Calcdfor C₁₀H₁₀; C, 92.2; H, 7.80. Found: C, 92.0; H, 8.03.

40. Random Copolymer of Q4 and Styrene, Q8

The alkoxyamine initiator, Q7 (32.5 mg, 0.1 mmol), Q12 dissolved instyrene (10.4 g, 100 mol) and 4-vinylbenzocyclobutene, Q4 (3.25 g, 25.0mmol) were added to a glass ampule with a stir bar. After three freezeand thaw cycles the ampule was sealed under argon and heated for 6 h at120° C. The resulting polymer was dissolved in dichloromethane andpurified by precipitation into a 1:1 mixture of 2-propanol/acetonefollowed by reprecipitation into methanol to give Q8 as a colorlesspowder (12.1 g, 88%), Mw=111 000; PDI) 1.11; IR 3100-2850, 1601, 1492,1452, 909, and 699 cm⁻¹; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.24-6.57 (m, ArH),3.05 (br s, CH₂), 1.83-1.26 (m, CH₂, CH); ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ145.0-146.4, 1127.9, 125.5, 121.8, 42.0-44.0, 40.4, and 29.2.

41. Random Copolymer of Q4 and N-Butylacylate, Q10

The alkoxyamine initiator Q7 (32.5 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved inn-butyl acrylate (10.2 g, 72.0 mmol) and Q4 (1.04 g, 8.0 mmol) andplaced in a glass ampule with a stir bar. After three freeze and thawcycles the ampule was sealed under argon and heated for 15 h at 125° C.The resulting polymer was dissolved in dichloromethane and precipitatedin MeOH/H₂O (3:1) to give Q10 as a colorless gum (10.2 g, 91%), Mw=77500; PDI) 1.12; ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 6.83-6.63 (m, ArH), 4.10-3.83(m, CH2, CH), 3.05 (bs, CH2), 2.22-1.01 (m, CH2, CH3).

42. Compound Q12

Methyl(2,2,5-Trimethyl-3-(benzylethoxy)-4-phenyl-3-azahexane)-poly(ethyleneGlycol), Q12. NaH (0.23 g, 6.3 mmol) was slowly added to a mixture ofmonomethylpoly(ethylene glycol), Q14 (7.85 g, 1.57 mmol), and 18-crown-6(10 mg) dissolved in 10 mL of THF under a constant argon flow. After 15min, the chloromethyl-substituted alkoxyamine, 13 (1.16 g, 3.14 mmol)was added to the reaction mixture, which was subsequently heated atreflux for 16 h. After the addition of a few drops of water toneutralize the excess NaH, the reaction mixture was concentrated,dissolved in dichloromethane, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. Thecrude product was obtained after flash chromatography eluting withdichloromethane gradually increasing to 10% methanol/dichloromethane togive the PEG-macroinitiator, Q12, as a colorless solid (8.03 g, 89%); IR(KBr) 3439 cm⁻¹ (NH), 1693 cm⁻¹ (amide). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ7.4-7.1 (m, ArH), 5.10 (d, CH), 4.92 (d, CH₂OAr), 3.65 (s, OCH₂), 3.41(d, CH), 3.28 (d, CH), 2.43 (m, CH), 1.65 (d, CH₃), 1.52 (d, CH₃), 1.40(m, CH), 1.33 (d, CH₃), 1.05 (s, t-Bu), 0.89 (d, CH₃), 0.80 (s, t-Bu),0.61 (d, CH₃), and 0.22 (d, CH₃).

43. Compound Q15

Poly(ethylene glycol)-b-(styrene-co-benzocyclobutene), Q15. Thepoly(ethylene glycol) terminated alkoxyamine, Q12 (500 mg, 0.1 mmol)(Mn=5 000, PDI) 1.06) was dissolved in styrene (10.4 g, 100 mol) and4-vinylbenzocyclobutene, Q4 (3.25 g, 25.0 mmol) in a glass ampule with astir bar. After three freeze and thaw cycles the ampule was sealed underargon and heated for 6 h at 125° C. The resulting polymer was dissolvedin dichloromethane and purified by precipitation into a 1:1 mixture ofisopropanol/acetone followed by reprecipitation into methanol to giveQ15 as a colorless powder (10.7 g, 76.1%), Mw=89 500; PDI=1.12; ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.24-6.57 (m, ArH), 3.65 (s, OCH₂), 3.05 (br s, CH₂),1.83-1.26 (m, CH₂, CH).

44. General Procedure for Nanoparticle Formation, Q9

In a 500-mL three-necked flask equipped with a internal thermometer,condenser, and septum, 120 mL of benzyl ether was heated at 250° C.under argon. A solution of the benzocyclobutene (BCB)-functionalizedlinear polymer, Q8 (4.00 g, Mn=108000; PDI=1.15, 7.5 mol % BCB),dissolved in benzyl ether (40 mL) was added dropwise via a peristalticpump at ca. 12.8 mL/h with vigorously stirring under argon. Afteraddition the reaction mixture was heated for an additional 1 h, thesolvent was distilled under reduced pressure, and the remaining crudeproduct was dissolved in dichloromethane and precipitated into methanol.This gave the nanoparticles, Q9, as a colorless solid (3.76 g, 94%yield), ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃). The significant change is thedisappearance of the aliphatic benzocyclobutene protons at 3.05 onformation of the cross-linked nanoparticles; all other aspects of thespectrum are similar.

45. Compound Q20

Synthesis of 5-Vinyl-1,3-dihydro-benzo[c]thiophene 2,2-dioxide, Q20.Under classical Heck reaction conditions,5-Bromo-1,3-dihydro-benzo[c]thiophene 2,2-dioxide was transformed withPPh₃, Pd(OAc)₂, TEA, and vinyltrimethylsilane at 90° C. in DMF. Thecrude product was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ and concentrated. Deprotectionin CH₂Cl₂/TFA gave the pure product after purification with flashchromatography (CH₂Cl₂) in high yields.

Compounds Q22 to Q26 were prepared according to the followingprocedures, as set forth schematically below.

46. Compound Q22

4-bromo-1,2-bis(bromomethyl)benzene (Q22). To a 1000 mL round bottomflask was added 4-bromo-o-xylene (21) (0.0811 mol, 15.00 g), NBS (0.0426mol, 7.580 g), 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile (0.00405 mol, 0.6650 g) and500 mL of CCl₄. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux for 1h. After this time another amount of NBS and AIBN was added and repeatedover four times in total. The precipitate was filtered off from the warmreaction mixture and the filtrate concentrated. Crude material wascrystallized from hexanes to form white crystals (23 g, 93%). ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.53 (d, 1H, ArH, J=2.0 Hz), 7.44 (dd, 1H, ArH, J=8.1Hz, J=2.0 Hz), 7.24 (d, 1H, ArH, J=8.10), 4.60 (d, 4H, CH₂, J=4.20 Hz)

47. Compound Q23

5-bromo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzo[c]thiophene (Q23). To the stirring solutionof Na₂S.9H₂O (0.0502 mol, 12.043 g) in 800 mL of ethanol was addeddropwise a solution of 4-bromo-1,2-bis(bromomethyl)benzene (0.0418 mol,14.334 g) in 200 mL of ethanol in room temperature. After 20 h a cloudywhite reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated down to a 200 mLvolume. Then 250 mL of ethyl acetate was added and the organic solutionwas washed 3× with water (125 mL) and 1× with brine (125 ml). Theorganic phase was dried over anhydrous MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crudeproduct gave a yellow oil and was used without further purification. ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.38 (s, 1H, ArH) ppm 7.32 (dd, 1H, J=1.8 Hz,J=8.1 Hz, ArH) ppm 7.11 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz, ArH) ppm 4.21 (dd, 1H, J=1.8Hz, J=8.5 Hz)

48. Compound Q24

5-bromo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzo[c]thiophene-2,2 dioxide (Q24). The crude5-bromo-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c]thiophene (Q21) from previous reaction 7.815g was dissolved in 5.00 mL of glacial acetic acid and cooled in an icebath. This suspension was added dropwise to 11 ml of cold peracetic acidcooled with an ice bath. After complete addition, the reaction wasallowed to warm up to RT and a white precipitate formed over night. Thereaction mixture was filtered and the precipitated washed with coldethanol. The crude product was a light yellow precipitate and was usedwithout any further purification. A typical yield of 3.749 g wasobserved for the reaction. ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) ppm 7.36 (dd, 1H,J=9.8 Hz, J=92.9 Hz) (m, ArH), 4.34 (d, 1H, J=13.0 Hz) (d, CH₂). ¹³C-NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) ppm 133.604, 132.549, 130.559, 129.570, 127.999,123.088, 57.017, 56.914

49. Compound Q25

5-Trimethylsilylvinyl-1,3-dihydro-benzo[c]thiophene 2,2-dioxide (Q25). A250 mL 3-neck round bottom flask was purged with N₂ for 10 minutes.Compound Q23 (5 g, 20.2 mmol), vinyl trimethylsilane (10.10 g, 100.77mmol), triethylamine (5.562 g, 54.97 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (0.433g, 1.65 mmol), and palladium (II) acetate (0.185 g, 0.824 mmol) werethen added to the flask with 50 mL of anhydrous DMF. Nitrogen was thenbubbled through the mixture for 10 min. The round bottom flask was thensealed via a rubber septum and was charged with N₂ the mixture wasyellow-orange in color. The reaction mixture heated to 100° C. andadditional vinyl trimethylsilane (5.005 g, 50.39 mmol), triethylamine(2.781 g, 27.48 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.216 g, 0.824 mmol), andpalladium (II) acetate (0.0925 g, 0.413 mmol) were added to the mixturefollowed by a N₂ purge of the reaction and charge of the vessel after 1hour. After reacting a total of 2 hours, another equivalent vinyltrimethylsilane (5.005 g, 50.39 mmol), triethylamine (2.781 g, 27.48mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.216 g, 0.824 mmol), and palladium (II)acetate (0.0925 g, 0.413 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture wasagain purged then charged with N₂ and was allowed to react a total of 18h. The reaction mixture was removed from the oil bath and allowed tocool to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with methylenechloride, washed 3× with water (500 ml), dried over MgSO₄, filtered, andconcentrated to give the crude product, Q25. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ7.43-7.26 (m, 3H, ArH), 6.83 (d, 1H, CH), 6.51 (d, 1H, CH), 4.37 (s, 4H,CH₂), 0.16 (s, 9H, CH₃); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 142.03, 139.20,131.84, 131.61, 130.59, 126.95, 126.14, 123.59, 56.95, 56.86, −1.03,−1.36.

50. Compound Q26

5-vinyl-1,3-dihydro-benzo[c]thiophene 2,2-dioxide (Q26). A 60% (wt)solution of trifluoroacetic acid in methylene chloride was prepared andadded to the crude product Q25. The reaction was allowed to stir for 14h at which time it was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ and washed 3× with 500 mlwater with H₂O. The organic phase was dried over MgSO₄, filtered andconcentrated. The crude product was then purified by columnchromatography using a gradient system of 4:1 hexanes:ethyl acetatefollowed by 3:2 hexanes:ethyl acetate. The pure product Q26 was isolatedas a light yellow powder (0.91 g, 93.2%). ¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) ppm7.39 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz, ArH) ppm 7.33 (s, 1H, ArH) ppm 7.26 (d, 1H, J=8.1Hz, ArH) ppm 6.69 (dd, 1H, J=10.9 Hz, J=17.6 Hz, ═CH) ppm 5.77 (d, 1H,J=17.6 Hz, ═CH₂) ppm 5.32 (d, 1H, J=10.9 Hz, ═CH₂) ppm 4.35 (s, 1H, CH₂)¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 138.11, 130.14, 126.47, 125.90, 123.26,115.21, 56.63, 56.54

51. Synthesis of Benzene Diazonium Carboxylate

Anthranilic acid (10.0 g, 72.9 mmol) and a solution of trifluoroaceticacid (60.7 mg, 0.532 mmol) in 6 mL of THF were dissolved with stirringin 73.1 mL tetrahydrofuran in a plastic beaker. The solution was cooledto 0° C. and isoamyl nitrite (16.0 mL, 119.6 mmol) added dropwise over aperiod of 1-2 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred 1-1.5 h. A brick-red precipitate formed and wasslowly converted to the tan product. Upon completion, the product wascollected by suction filtration on a plastic Buchner funnel and washedon the funnel with cold tetrahydrofuran until the washings werecolorless. The product was then washed with 1,2-dichloroethane todisplace the tetrahydrofuran. The solvent-wet product was used withoutfurther purification.

52. Synthesis of Benzocyclobutenyl Acetate

In a 1000 mL round bottomed flask, benzenediazonium-2-carboxylate wasdissolved with stirring in a minimal amount 1,2-dichloroethane. Vinylacetate (40.4 mL, 437.4 mmol) was added dropwise to the solution and thereaction heated to 80° C. The reaction was refluxed for 4 hrs andyielded an orange oil which was purified via column chromatographyeluting with a 1:1 dichloromethane:hexanes solvent system (0.515 g,4.36%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.35-7.14 (m, 4H, ArH), 5.91 (d, 1H,J=4.4 Hz, CH), 3.66 (dd, 1H, J=4.6 Hz, J=14.5 Hz, CH₂), 3.22 (d, 1H,J=14.5 Hz, CH₂).

53. Hydrolysis of Benzocyclobutenyl Acetate

A mixture of benzocyclobutenyl acetate (0.515 g, 3.18 mmol), Na₂CO₃(0.337 g, 3.18 mmol), methanol (2.79 mL), and water (5.58 mL) wasvigorously stirred overnight. The solution was extracted with diethylether (3×, 200 mL) and the organic phase washed with water (3×, 400 mL)and dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated. The resulting orange oil wasrecrystallized from pentane to yield white crystals. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃) δ 7.33-7.14 (m, 4H, ArH), 5.30 (ddd, 1H, J=1.7 Hz, J=4.4 Hz,J=8.8 Hz, CH), 3.63 (dd, 1H, J=4.4 Hz, J=14.4 Hz, CH₂), 3.05 (dd, 1H,J=1.3 Hz, J=14.1 Hz, CH₂); ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.33-7.14 (m, 4H,ArH), 5.30 (dd, 1H, J=4.4 Hz, J=6.6 Hz, CH), 3.63 (dd, 1H, J=4.5 Hz,J=14.3 Hz, CH₂), 3.05 (d, 1H, J=14.3 Hz, CH₂)

54. Attachment of 2-(Boc-Amino) Ethyl Bromide to Benzocyclobutenol

Sodium hydride (143.15 mg, 3.58 mmol) was placed in a dried flask whichwas then sealed and charged with N₂. A solution of benzocyclobutenol(400 mg, 3.33 mmol) in a minimal amount of THF was added to the flaskand the solution stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Thesolution was then chilled to 0° C. and a solution 2-(boc-amino) ethylbromide (1.0 g, 4.46 mmol) in a minimal amount of THF was added dropwiseto the reaction and the solution was stirred at room temperature for anhour. The precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate diluted withether and washed with water (3×, 50 mL). The organic phase was dried andconcentrated to yield an orange oil that was purified via columnchromatography using a 5:2 Hex:EtOAc solvent system (0.44 g, 50.2%).

55. Deprotection of T-Butyl2-(1,2-Dihydrocyclobutabenzen-1-Yloxy)Ethylcarbamate

In a 200 mL round bottomed flask, t-Butyl2-(1,2-dihydrocyclobutabenzen-1-yloxyl)ethylcarbamate (275.0 mg, 1.044mmol) was dissolved in formic acid and CH₂Cl₂ and allowed to stir for 48h at room temperature. After the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure, toluene was added and concentrated to remove any residualformic acid yielding a green oil which was purified via columnchromatography using a 5:2 Hex:EtOAc solvent system to yield the product(0.023 g, 13.5%).

56. Synthesis of 1,2-Bis(Trimethylsilyl)Benzene

Magnesium (9.72 g, 400 mmol), hexamethylphosphoramide (HMPA) (80 mL, 460mmol), 1,2-dichlorobenzene (14.76 g, 100 mmol), and a catalytic amountof 12 were combined in a 500 mL round bottomed flask and heated to 70°C. with stirring. Chlorotrimethylsilane was added dropwise to thesolution at 70° C. The solution was stirred for an additional 30 minutesand then heated to 100° C. for 48 h. After cooling, the reaction mixturewas poured over ice and NaHCO₃. The Mg and precipitate were filtered offand the filtrate was extracted with ether (3×, 200 mL). The organicphase was washed with water (2×, 400 mL) and brine (1×, 400 mL) anddried with Na₂SO₄ and concentrated. The product was distilled underreduced pressure at 128-133° C. to yield a light yellow oil (12.0426 g,54.13%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.85 (dd, 2H, J=3.4 Hz, J=5.5 Hz,ArH), 7.49 (dd, 2H, J=3.4 Hz, J=5.5 Hz, ArH), 0.55 (s, 18H, CH₃); ¹³CNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 145.98, 135.17, 127.76, 1.96

57. Synthesis of (Phenyl)[2-(Trimethylsilyl)Phenyl]Iodonium Triflate

Iodobenzene diacetate (9.66 g, 30 mmol) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (60 mL)with stirring and the solution chilled to 0° C. Triflic acid (5.1 mL, 58mmol) was added dropwise to the solution and the reaction mixture wasstirred for 2 h. A solution of 1,2-bis(trimethylsilyl)benzene (6.67 g,30 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) was added at 0° C. and the reaction wasallowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. Concentration of thereaction mixture gave crystals which were triturated in ether andcollected by filtration to yield white crystals (9.82 g, 65.14%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.11-7.47 (m, 9H, ArH), 0.42 (s, 9H, CH₃); ¹³C NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 139.0, 138.4, 133.3, 133.2, 132.4, 132.3, 132.1,109.6, 0.1.

58. Synthesis of T-Butyl(1-Ethoxyvinyloxy)Dimethylsilane

To a solution of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (17.34 mL, 102.14 mmol)in THF (63.4 mL) under argon, 2.9 M BuLi in hexanes (34.05 mL, 98.74mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. The reaction was stirred for 15 min.and subsequently cooled to −78° C. t-Butyldimethylchlorosilane (TBDMSCl)(16.94 g, 112.36 mmol) in THF (25.4 mL) was added and then a solution ofanhydrous ethyl acetate (8.38 mL, 85.12 mmol) in THF (57.2 mL) wasslowly added over 1 h. The mixture was stirred for an additional 10 minat −78° C. and then stirred at r.t. for 1 h. The solution was thendiluted with hexanes (285.9 mL), filtered through a Celite pad, and thefiltrate concentrated. Distillation under vacuum at 42-50° C. gave anorange oil (g, 2.0%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.74 (q, 2H, J=7.0 Hz,CH₂), 3.22 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz, CH₂), 3.05 (d, 1H, J=2.0 Hz, CH₂), 1.29 (t,3H, J=7.1 Hz, CH₃), 0.94 (s, 9H, CH₃), 0.17 (s, 6H, CH₃); ¹³C NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃) δ 160.3, 62.4, 59.6, 24.79, 17.3, 13.5, −5.4

59. Synthesis ofT-Butyl(1-Ethoxy-1,2-Dihydrocyclobutabenzen-1-Yloxy)Dimethylsilane

A stirring solution of (phenyl)[2-(trimethylsilyl)phenyl]iodoniumtriflate (1.0 g, 2.0 mmol) and t-butyl(1-ethoxyvinyloxy)dimethylsilane(1.85 g, 9.96 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (14 mL) was chilled to 0° C. Bu₄NF (2.39mL) was added dropwise to the solution and the reaction allowed to cometo r.t. After 3 h., water (75 mL) was added to the reaction and thesolution was extracted with EtOAc (3×, 50 mL). The organic phases weredried (Na₂SO₄) and concentrated to give the crude cycloadduct. ¹H-NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.06 (s, 6H, CH₃), 0.89 (s, 9H, CH₃), 0.97 (s, 3H,CH₃), 3.19 (m, 2H, CH₂), 4.09 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz, CH₂), 7.08 (t, 1H, J=7.7Hz, ArH), 7.18 (d, 1H, J=2.3 Hz, ArH), 7.30 (dd, 1H, J=5.0 Hz, J=8.7 Hz,ArH), 7.67 (d, 1H, J=7.2 Hz, ArH).

60. Synthesis of Benzocyclobutenone or Cyclobutabenzene-1(2H)-One

To a solution oft-butyl(1-ethoxy-1,2-dihydrocyclobutabenzen-1-yloxy)dimethylsilane (0.56g, 2.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.3 mL) was added 48-50% aq. HF (0.23 mL)at 0° C. The solution was allowed to warm to room temperature andstirred for 15 hrs. The reaction was then diluted with water and washedwith ether (3×, 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed withbrine (3×, 100 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), and concentrated. This gives a brownresidue that was purified via column chromatography eluting withhexanes/EtOAc (9:1). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 3.99 (s, 2H, CH₂),7.40-7.24 (m, 4H, ArH).

61. Synthesis of 1-Bromobenzocyclobutene

In a 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a drying tube and acondenser, a solution of cycloheptatriene (30.7 g, 300 mmol), bromoform(25.3 g, 100 mmol), anhydrous K₂CO₃ (15.0 g, 109 mmol), and 18-crown-6(0.75 g) was heated with stirring at 145° C. for 9-10 h. The solutionwas allowed to cool and diluted with an equal volume of acetone. Silicagel (15.0 g) was added to reaction mixture and the insoluble solidresidue was separated via vacuum filtration and the filter cake washedwith acetone until the washings were colorless. The filtrate wasconcentrated and distilled to remove residual cycloheptatriene. Theviscous, brown residue was precipitated into hot petroleum ether. Afterfiltration to remove the precipitate, the filtrate was concentrated anddistilled in vacuo through a Vigreaux column to give slightly impureproduct. Pure 1-bromobenzocyclobutene was obtained as a light yellowliquid by redistillation yield (2.95 g, 5.94%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 7.28 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.16 (d, 1H, J=7.0 Hz, ArH), 7.07 (d, 1H, J=6.4 Hz,ArH), 5.39 (m, 1H, CH), 3.85 (dd, 1H, J=4.4 Hz, J=14.7 Hz, CH₂), 3.45(d, 1H, J=14.7 Hz, CH₂).

62. Synthesis of Benzocyclobutenol

To a stirred solution of mercury(II) oxide (591.3 mg, 2.73 mmol) and 35%aqueous tetrafluoroboric acid (TFBA) (999.4 mg, 5.46 mmol) in1,4-dioxane (10.9 mL), 1-bromobenzocyclobutene (1.0 g, 5.46 mmol) wasadded. The reaction stirred at room temperature for 2 h and was thentreated successively with NaHCO₃ and 3N KOH until the solution remainedbasic. The precipitated mercury(II) oxide was filtered off and thefiltrate extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×300 mL), dried with anhydrous Na₂SO₄,filtered, and concentrated to yield white crystals that were purifiedvia column chromatography using a 3:2 Hexanes:EtOAc solvent system.

63. Styrene-Polyfluorene-Styrene Triblockcopolymer

a. Synthesis of Macroinitiator

To the 3-necked round bottom flask, flushed with argon (30 min) addedNickel (5.080 mmol, 1.4000 g), 2,2′-bipyridyl (5.800 mmol, 0.9000 g),dry toluene (10 mL), 1,5-cyclooctadiene (0.5 mL), and dry DMF (12 mL).The mixture was heated to 80° C. under argon. After 30 minutes,brominated alkoxyamine initiator (0.7750 mmol, 0.3134 g) and2,7-dibromo-9,9′-di-n-hexylfluorene (2.250 mmol, 1.1080 g) dissolved indry toluene (13 mL) via syringe. The mixture stirred in 80° C. for 24hours in the dark. After 24 hours, hot solution precipitated into 600 mLof solution of HCl_((conc)):acetone:methanol in ratio 1:1:1. Theresulting dark brown precipitate was then filtered, dissolved indichloromethane, concentrated in vacuo and reprecipitated with 200 mLsolution of acetone:methanol, 1:1.

b. Synthesis of A-B-A Copolymer with 10% Crosslinker

Macromolecular initiator (M=3000, n=0.060 mmol, 180 mg), styrene (90 eqper chain end, 9.72 mmol, 1.0123 g), and crosslinker(5-Vinyl-1,3-dihydro-benzo[c]thiophene 2,2-dioxide) (10%, 1.08 mmol,0.2098 g) were dissolved in 0.5 mL of chlorobenzene in 10 mL ampule. Theampule was degassed, sealed, and heated at 124° C. for 7-10 hours. Afterthis time, the polymer was precipitated from methanol. The resultingbrown precipitate was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried.

c. Intramolecular Chain Collapse Procedure for A-B-A

0.300 g of polymer was dissolved in 50 mL of benzyl ether. The solutionof polymer was added dropwise 12.4 ml/hr to benzyl ether in 260° C.under nitrogen. After adding all of the polymer, the reaction was cooleddown, and the benzyl ether was distilled from the reaction mixture, andthe residue was precipitated from methanol.

64. Synthesis of N-Boc-N-Tfa-Ethylenediamine

To a solution of N-boc-ethylenediamine (5.0 g, 31.2 mmol) in 20 mL THF,ethyl trifluoroacetate (3.72 mL, 31.2 mmol) was added dropwise and thereaction stirred overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated toyield a white crystalline product (8.0 g, 100%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 1.44 (s, 9H, CH₃), 3.37 (dd, 2H, J=5.4 Hz, J=10.2 Hz, CH₂), 3.46 (dd,2H, J=5.1 Hz, J=10.4 Hz, CH₂), 5.01 (s, 1H, NH), 7.85 (s, 1H, NH); ¹³CNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 28.2, 39.1, 42.2, 80.6, 140.6, 151.2, 157.7.

65. Boc Deprotection of N-Boc-N-Tfa-Ethylenediamine

N-Boc-N-Tfa-ethylenediamine (8.0 g, 31.5 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mLformic acid and stirred for 14 h at r.t. After the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure, toluene was added and concentrated toremove any residual formic acid, yielding an orange oil (4.90 g, 99.7%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 2.31 (s, 2H, NH₂), 3.15 (t, 2H, J=6.1 Hz, CH₂),3.61 (t, 2H, J=6.1 Hz, CH₂), 8.35 (s, 1H, NH); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ38.5, 39.7, 113.1, 115.9, 118.8, 121.6, 159.7, 160.1.

66. Attachment of N-Tfa-Ethylenediamine

The deprotected nanoparticles (77 mg, 0.00194 mmol) in DriSolv DMF (9.0mL) were stirred under argon at 0° C. with N-methylmorpholine (6.9 mg,0.0680 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of isobutyl chloroformate(10.2 mg, 0.0748 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL). After 1.5 h, a solution ofN-Tfa-ethylenediamine (10.6 mg, 0.0680 mmol) was added dropwise. Thereaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight.After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product was dissolved in methanol anddialyzed against methanol with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000).

67. Deprotection of MAL-dPeg™₄-T-Boc-Hydrazide

In a 100 mL round bottomed flask, MAL-dPeg™₄-t-boc-hydrazide (8.8 mg,135.0 nmol) was dissolved in 10.0 mL of formic acid and stirred overnight at room temperature. After the solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure, toluene was added and concentrated to remove anyresidual formic acid to give MAL-dPeg™₄-hydrazide (58.1 mg, 100%).

68. Attachment of MAL-dPeg™₄-Hydrazide

The deprotected nanoparticles (77.5 mg, 0.00186 mmol) in DriSolv DMF(9.0 mL) were stirred under argon at 0° C. with N-methylmorpholine (1.5mg, 0.0149 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of isobutyl chloroformate(2.2 mg, 0.0164 mmol) in DMF (0.1 mL). After 1.5 h, a solution ofMAL-dPeg™₄-hydrazide (8.8 mg, mol) was added dropwise. The reaction wasallowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. After removalof DMF in vacuo, the product was dissolved in methanol and dialyzedagainst methanol with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000).

69. Attachment of Disulfide Linker to Boc-Protected Hexyl MolecularTransporter

A solution of boc-protected hexyl molecular transporter (500.0 mg, 0.13mmol), 3-(pyridine-2-yl disulfanyl)propanoic acid (269.5 mg, 1.25 mmol),1-hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (169.0 mg, 1.25 mmol), triethylamine (TEA)(126.7 mg, 1.25 mmol), N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimidehydrochloride (EDC HCl) (240.0 mg, 1.25 mmol) in 10 mL DriSolv DMF wasstirred for 48 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum and the resultingbrown oil purified via column chromatography eluting with a 2-10%methanol in dichloromethane gradient system (160.5 mg, 30.6%). ¹H NMR(300 MHz, MeOD) δ 1.33-1.47 (m, 246H, CH₂, CH₃), 2.03 (d, 48H, J=65.3Hz, CH₂), 3.15 (td, 30H, J=6.3 Hz, J=12.7 Hz, CH₂), 3.29 (m, 45H, CH₂),7.42 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.67 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz, ArH), 7.79 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz,ArH), 8.02 (s, 1H, ArH).

70. Cleavage of Disulfide Bridge on Molecular Transporter

A solution of the disulfide linker hexyl molecular transporter (118.2mg, 2.82*10⁻⁵ mol) in DriSolv DMF (2.88 mL) was stirred under argon. Asolution of DL-dithiothreitol (339.5 mg, 2.2*10⁻³ mol) in DMF (71.4 mL)was added dropwise to transporter and the reaction proceeded for 2 h atroom temperature. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the reaction waspurified using a Sephadex LH-20 column, eluting with DMF andconcentrating the fractions in vacuo again.

71. Attachment of Molecular Transporter to Nanoparticles

The nanoparticles (77.5 mg, 1.76*10⁻⁶ mol) in DriSolv DMF (mL) werestirred under argon. The free thiol molecular transporter in DMF wasadded dropwise followed by the addition of a catalytic amount ofN-methylmorpholine. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product wasdissolved in methanol and dialyzed against a 1:1 methanol:watersolution, eventually dialyzing against pure methanol with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000).

72. Deprotection of Trifluoroacetyl Protected Amines on ModifiedParticles

The nanoparticles (142.0 mg, x mol) were dissolved in a 10% K₂CO₃solution of 5:3 methanol:water. Methanol was added as needed tocompletely dissolve the particles. The reaction proceeded overnight atroom temperature. The reaction was purified by dialysis with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000) against a 5:3 methanol:watersolution, eventually dialyzing against pure methanol.

73. Attachment of FITC

Nanoparticles (30.0 mg, 4.75*10⁻⁷ mol) in DriSolv DMF (1.0 mL) werestirred under argon. A solution of FITC (2.8 mg, 7.13*10⁻⁶ mol) inDriSolv DMF (1.0 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction chilled to 0°C. Triethylamine (1.14 μL, 8.17*10⁻⁶ mol) was added to the solution andthe reaction proceeded in the dark, overnight at room temperature.

74. Capping of the Remaining Amines

Upon completion of the FITC addition to the nanoparticles, a solution ofN-acetoxysuccinimide (47.1 mg, 3.00*10⁻⁴ mol) in DriSolv DMF (1.0 mL)was added to the reaction solution. The reaction was allowed to proceedfor 3 h at RT. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product was dissolvedin methanol and dialyzed against methanol with SnakeSkin® PleatedDialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000).

75. Boc Deprotection of Modified Nanoparticles

Modified nanoparticles were dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (10 mL)and chilled to 0° C. A solution of 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) wasadded dropwise to the stirring nanoparticles and the reaction wasallowed to proceed overnight at room temperature The nanoparticlesolution was diluted to three times the original volume with water anddialyzed against water with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000). Upon completion of dialysis, the aqueous solution waslyophilized to yield a yellow solid.

76. G₁₃ Peptide Attachment to Multifunctional Nanoparticle

A solution of G₁₃ peptide (1.2 mg, 8.22*10⁻⁷ mol) in a solution ofDriSolv DMF (1.0 mL) was added to a solution of MFNP (1.5 mg, 2.28*10⁻⁸mol) in DriSolv DMF (0.75 mL) and allowed to stir overnight. Thereaction was then diluted with water and dialyzed against water withSnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000). Upon completion ofdialysis, the aqueous solution was lyophilized to yield a light yellowsolid.

77. G_(iR) Peptide Attachment to Multifunctional Nanoparticle

A solution of G_(iR) peptide (1.2 mg, 8.22*10⁻⁷ mol) in a solution ofDriSolv DMF (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of MFNP (1.5 mg, 2.28*10⁻⁸mol) in DriSolv DMF (0.75 mL) and allowed to stir overnight. Thereaction was then diluted with water and dialyzed against water withSnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000). Upon completion ofdialysis, the aqueous solution was lyophilized to yield a light yellowsolid.

Synthesis of copolymer poly(vl-avl-opd) (AbD). To a 25 mL 3-necked roundbottom flask, equipped with stir bar, gas inlet and 2 rubber septa,2-oxepane-1,5-dione (0.7000 g, 5.46 mmol) was added. The round bottomflask was purged with argon. After purging for 30 min, dry toluene (4mL) was added. The mixture stirred in an oil bath at 80° C. to dissolvethe monomer. Upon dissolving, Sn(Oct)₂ (0.011 g, 2.73×10² mmol) in 0.5mL dry toluene, absolute ethanol (0.020 g, 4.4×10⁻¹ mmol),α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (1.15 g, 8.2 mmol) and δ-valerolactone (1.37 g,13.7 mmol) were then added to the reactor and the mixture was heated for48 h at 105° C. Residual monomer and catalyst were removed by dialyzingwith Spectra/Por® dialysis membrane (MWCO=1000) against CH₂Cl₂ to give agolden brown polymer. Yield: 1.7 g. M_(w)=3287 Da, PDI=1.17; ¹H NMR (300MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.72 (m, H₂C═CH—), 5.06 (m, H₂C═CH—), 4.34 (m,—CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂CH₂O—), 4.08 (m, —CH₂O—), 3.67 (m, —OCH₂CH₃), 2.78 (m,opd, —OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂—), 2.58 (m, opd, —OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂—), 2.34(m, vl, —CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 1.66 (m, avl &vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.25 (t, —CH₂CH₃); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ:204.9, 175.2, 173.7, 173.2, 135.0, 117.0, 63.9, 44.8, 36.4, 33.6, 28.0,26.3, 21.3. (10.39% avl, 7.97% evl, 6.42% opd and 75.21% vl).

78. Synthesis of Poly(vl-evl-avl-opd) (ABbD)

In a 200 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, poly(vl-avl-opd)(1.7 g, 1.56 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL CH₂Cl₂. To this solution,3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.2210 g, 1.28 mmol) was added slowly. Themixture was stirred for 72 h at room temperature and then concentratedvia rotary evaporator. The crude product was dissolved in a minimalamount of THF (5 mL) and poured into a round-bottomed flask containing 1L diethyl ether. The solution was kept overnight at 0° C. and a whitesolid was obtained. The solution was decanted off and the solid wasdried in vacuo to obtain poly(avl-evl-yl-opd). Yield: 1.2 g (71%). ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.72 (m, H₂C═CH—), 5.06 (m, H₂C═CH—),4.34 (m, —CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂CH₂O—), 4.08 (m, —CH₂O—), 3.67 (m, —OCH₂CH₃),2.96 (m, epoxide proton), 2.78 (m, evl epoxide proton, opd,—OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂—), 2.58 (m, opd, —OC(O)CH₂CH₂C(O)CH₂—), 2.47(epoxide proton), 2.34 (m, vl, —CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—,H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 1.66 (m, avl & vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.25 (t, —CH₂CH₃).

79. Nanoparticle Formation from Poly(vl-evl-avl-opd)

In a 250 mL three-necked round bottom flask equipped with stir bar,condenser and septa, a solution of 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine(26.4 μL, 0.18 mmol) in 55.6 mL CH₂Cl₂ was heated at 44° C. A solutionof poly(avl-evl-yl-opd) (0.2500 g, M_(w)=3287 Da, PDI=1.17) dissolved inCH₂Cl₂ (0.36 mL) was added dropwise via a peristaltic pump at 13 mL/minwith vigorous stirring. The reaction mixture was heated for 12 h.Residual diamine was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® PleatedDialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against dichloromethane. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: The significant change is the disappearance of theepoxide protons at 2.96, 2.75 and 2.47 ppm and the appearance of signalsat 3.5 and 2.89 ppm corresponding to the protons neighboring thesecondary amine of the PEG linker after cross-linking. All other aspectsof the spectrum are similar. To demonstrate the reactivity of the allygroups to thiols, in a model reaction we added benzyl mercaptan to theallyl groups. We found a high reactivity using no other reactant. Wealso added the molecular transporter in the same fashion.

80. Attachment of Benzyl Mercaptan to Poly(vl-evl-avl-opd) Nanoparticles(General Procedure to Attach Thiol Functionalized Compounds Including“Molecular Transporter” and Peptides)

In a vial equipped with a stir bar, poly(avl-evl-yl-opd) nanoparticles(0.030 g, 0.0268 mmol) and benzyl mercaptan (9.48 mg, 0.0764 mmol) weredissolved in 0.6 mL toluene. The reaction mixture was heated for 72 h at30° C. The remaining toluene was removed in vacuo and residual benzylmercaptan was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated DialysisTubing (MWCO=10,000) against dichloromethane. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: The significant change is the disappearance of theallyl protons at 5.72 and 5.06 ppm and the appearance of signals at 3.52ppm and 7.30 ppm corresponding to the methylene and benzene protonsrespectively of the attached benzyl mercaptan. All other aspects of thespectrum are similar.

81. Attachment of N-Boc-Ethylenediamine to Succinimidyl2-Vinylsulfonylethyl Carbonate (SVEC)

To a solution of SVEC (1.03 g, 3.72 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL),N-boc-ethylenediamine (0.77 mL, 4.86 mmol) and water (50 mL) were added.Sodium bicarbonate (0.4066 g, 4.84 mmol) was added and the reactionstirred for 4 h at room temperature. The acetonitrile was removed invacuo and the remaining aqueous phase was diluted with brine (45 mL).The aqueous phase was extracted three times with dichloromethane (90mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine, dried withMgSO₄, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified byflash chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate) to give a white solid in90% yield. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 6.6 (m, H₂C═CH—), 6.4 &6.17 (m, H₂C═CH—), 4.43 (t, —CH₂CH₂OC(O)—), 3.3 (t, —CH₂CH₂OC(O)—), 3.24(m, —NHCH₂CH₂NHC(O)—), 1.41 (s, —NHC(O)OC(CH₃)₃).

82. Attachment of Sulfonyl Linker to Nanoparticles from Poly(vl-evl-opd)

In a 100 mL round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, poly(vl-evl-opd)(ABD) nanoparticles (84.6 mg, 2.45×10⁻⁷ mol) were dissolved in 12.5 mLCH₂Cl₂. To this solution, sulfonyl linker (69 μL of 0.85 M linker inmethanol, 5.89×10⁻⁵ mol), NaCNBH₃ (0.0111 g in 0.1 mL methanol,1.77×10⁻⁴ mol) and methanol (12.4 mL) were added. The pH was adjusted to6.5 using 0.1 M hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and 0.1 M sodiumhydroxide aqueous solution. The reaction mixture stirred for 25 h atroom temperature and was purified by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® PleatedDialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against 1:1 dichloromethane/methanol. ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: The significant change is theappearance of the following peaks: 6.8 (m, CH₂═CH—), 6.5 & 6.3 (m,CH₂═CH—), 4.5 (m, CH₂═CHSO₂CH₂CH₂—), 3.3 (m, —NHCH₂CH₂NH—), 3.1 (m,CH₂═CHSO₂CH₂CH₂—). All other aspects of the spectrum are similar.

83. General Procedure for Attachment of Peptide-Alexa Fluor® 750 toLinker Conjugated Nanoparticles

In a small vial, equipped with stir bar, peptide (33 μL of 0.013 mg mLpeptide in phosphate buffer—pH 7.2) and Alexa Fluor® 750 (26.5 μL of 20mg/mL Alexa Fluor® in dimethylformamide were added. The reaction stirredfor 24 h in an aluminum foiled. In a small vial, poly(vl-evl-opd) (ABD)nanoparticles (29.9 mg) were dissolved in 800 μL phosphate buffer(pH=7.2) and 700 μL dimethylformamide. To the peptide-Alexa Fluor®solution, 251 μL of dissolved nanoparticles was added. After stirringfor 45 min at room temperature, additional peptide (2 mg, 1.84×10⁻⁶ mol)was added. The reaction mixture was purified using concentrator tubeswith a molecular weight cut-off of 10,000 Da.

84. Attachment of Alexa Fluor® 750 to Poly(vl-evl-opd) Nanoparticles

In a 25 mL round bottom flask, poly(vl-evl-opd) nanoparticles (63.55 mg,1.92×10⁻⁷ mol) was dissolved in 6.4 mL tetrahydrofuran. The round bottomflask was sealed with a rubber septum and purged with argon. To thepurged solution, Alexa Fluor® 750 (5 mg in 0.5 mL anhydrousdimethylformamide was added. The reaction mixture stirred for 24 h atroom temperature. After 24 h, N-acetoxy succinimide (50 mg, 0.3 mmol)was added to quench the remaining unreacted amines. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: The significant change is the appearance of thefollowing peaks: 7.12, 5.6, 5.5, 5.1, 3.81, 1.90 ppm. The structure ofAlexa Fluor® 750 is not publicly known. All other aspects of thespectrum are similar.

85. General Reductive Amination for the Attachment of Peptides to AlexaFluor® Conjugated Nanoparticles

In a small vial, equipped with stir bar, peptide (2.6 mg, 2.4×10⁻⁶ mol)was dissolved in 2 mL tetrahydrofuran. To this solution, dye conjugatednanoparticles (0.0923 g, 2.8×10⁻⁸ mol, in 0.5 mL tetrahydrofuran) andNaCNBH₃ (2.23 μL of 1.0 M NaCNBH₃ in tetrahydrofuran) were added. Thereaction mixture stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The reactionmixture was purified by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated DialysisTubing (MWCO=10,000) against tetrahydrofuran. ¹H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: The significant change is the appearance of thefollowing peaks: 5.2, 5, 4.8, 2.6, 2.45, 2.0, 1.22 and 0.89 ppm.

86. Attachment of N-(Boc)-2,2(Ethylenedioxy)Diethylamine

A 50 mL 3-neck round bottom flask was flame-dried under argon. Thedeprotected nanoparticles (27.6 mg, 0.79 μmol) were dissolved in DriSolvDMF and transferred to the sealed flask, which was then cooled to 0° C.via an ice bath. N-methylmorpholine (6.37 mg, 0.063 mmol) followed byisobutyl chloroformate (9.46 mg, 0.0693 mmol) was added to the cooledsolution and allowed to activate for 1.5 h. Next,N-(boc)-2,2(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine (15.6 mg, 0.063 mmol) was added,the ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight.The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved inMeOH, transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000),and was dialysed against MeOH.

87. Deprotection of Nanoparticles ContainingN-(Boc)-2,2(Ethylenedioxy)Diethylamine

The nanoparticles were dissolved in 2 M HCl/Dioxane (15 mL). Thereaction was allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was dissolved inMeOH/H₂O and transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10000), and was dialysed against MeOH/H₂O.

88. Attachment of Alexa Fluor 750®

PBS Buffer (pH 7.3) was purged with argon for 1 h. The Alexa Fluor® 750(3 mg, 2.3 μmol) in 0.3 mL DMF was added to a solution of deprotectednanoparticles (15.8 mg) in PBS Buffer (1.2 mL) and was allowed to stirfor 24 h. The reaction was diluted with H₂O, was transferred toSnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000), and was dialyzedagainst H₂O.

89. Attachment of SVEC

The nanoparticles were dissolved in 4 mL of H₂O followed by the additionof sodium bicarbonate (2.7 mg, 0.0318 mmol). Next, the SVEC was added in1 mL of ACN followed by an additional 3 mL of ACN. The reaction wasallowed to proceed for 2 h at which time acetoxysuccinimide (127 mg,0.79 mmol) was added in order to quench any remaining amines. Thisreaction was allowed to proceed for 2 h. The reaction was diluted withH₂O and was transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10000), and was dialyzed against H₂O (pH 4.5).

90. Targeting Peptide Attachment

The modified nanoparticles (2 mg) were dissolved in 0.2 mL of PBS Buffer(pH 7.3) and to that a solution of GCGGGNHVGGSSV (11.4 mg, 0.0105 mmol)in 0.4 mL of PBS Buffer (pH 7.3) was added. This reaction was allowed toproceed for 24 h. The reaction was diluted with H₂O and was transferredto SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000), and was dialyzedagainst H₂O.

91. Control Peptide Attachment

The modified nanoparticles (2 mg) were dissolved in 0.2 mL of PBS Buffer(pH 7.3) and to that a solution of GCGGGSGVSGHNG (11.0 mg, 0.0105 mmol)in 0.4 mL of PBS Buffer (pH 7.3) was added. This reaction was allowed toproceed for 24 h. The reaction was diluted with H₂O and was transferredto SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000), and was dialyzedagainst H₂O.

92. Attachment of N-(Boc)-2,2(Ethylenedioxy)Diethylamine

A 50 mL 3-neck round bottom flask was flame-dried under argon. Thedeprotected nanoparticles (27.6 mg, 0.79 μmol) were dissolved in DriSolvDMF and transferred to the sealed flask, which was then cooled to 0° C.via an ice bath. N-methylmorpholine (6.37 mg, 0.063 mmol) followed byisobutyl chloroformate (9.46 mg, 0.0693 mmol) was added to the cooledsolution and allowed to activate for 1.5 h. Next,N-(boc)-2,2(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine (15.6 mg, 0.063 mmol) was added,the ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight.The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved inMeOH, transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000),and was dialysed against MeOH.

93. Deprotection of Nanoparticles ContainingN-(Boc)-2,2(Ethylenedioxy)Diethylamine

The nanoparticles were dissolved in 2 M HCl/Dioxane (15 mL). Thereaction was allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was dissolved inMeOH/H₂O, was transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10000), and was dialysed against MeOH/H₂O.

94. Attachment of 1,4,7,10-Tetraazacyclododecane-1,4,7-Tris(T-ButylAcetate)-10-Succinimidyl Acetate (DOTA)

The nanoparticles were dissolved in DMF followed by the addition oftriethylamine (TEA). To this solution, DOTA was added and the reactionwas allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo,the residue was dissolved in MeOH/H₂O, transferred to SnakeSkin® PleatedDialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000), and dialyzed against MeOH/H₂O.

95. Deprotection of Nanoparticles Containing T-Butyl Protected DOTA

The nanoparticles were dissolved in 2 M HCl/Dioxane (15 mL). Thereaction was allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was dissolved inMeOH/H₂O, transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10000), and dialyzed against MeOH/H₂O.

96. Attachment of SVEC

The nanoparticles were dissolved in H₂O followed by the addition ofsodium bicarbonate. Next, the SVEC was added in ACN followed by anadditional ACN. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 2 h at whichtime acetoxysuccinimide was added in order to quench any remainingamines. This reaction was allowed to proceed for 2 h. The reaction wasdiluted with H₂O, was transferred to SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10 000), and was dialyzed against H₂O (pH 4.5).

97. Modification of Alexa Fluor 750®

Alexa Fluor 750® (1.43 mg, 1.1 μmol) was dissolved in 143 μL DMSO andadded to cysteamine (0.077 mg, 1.0 μmol) in 30.9 μL of PBS Buffer (pH7.5). The reaction was allowed to proceed overnight.

98. Simultaneous Attachment of Modified Alexa Fluor 750® and Peptide

The modified nanoparticles were dissolved in PBS Buffer (pH 7.3), whichhad been purged with argon for 20 min. Next, the modified Alexa Fluor750® and one equivalent of GCGGGNHVGGSSV was added and allowed to reactfor 2 h. An additional 4 equivalents of peptide was then added and thereaction stirred overnight. The solution was diluted in H₂O, transferredto SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000), and dialyzedagainst H₂O.

99. Synthesis of Linear RGD

A typical Fmoc solid phase peptide synthesis was performed to synthesizethe linear peptide. A cysteine preloaded 2-chlorotrityl resin wasemployed. HOBt:HBTU:DIPEA (1:1:2) in DMF was used as the couplingreagent and amino acids were double coupled. A 20% piperidine (v/v) inDMF employed to deprotect the Fmoc. An amino-hexyl spacer was coupled tothe cystine on the resin, followed by glutamic acid, aspartic acid,glycine, arginine, phenylalanine, and finally lysine.

100. Cyclization of RGD.

The peptide was cyclized by utilizing an ODmab group, which allows forthe selective deprotection carboxylic acid side chain of the glutamicacid, which can then be coupled to the N-terminus. The ODmab wasdeprotected using 2% v/v hydrazine-H₂O/DMF added to the resin andallowed to react for 7 min. Next it was washed with 20 mL of DMFfollowed by 10 mL of a 5% v/v DIPEA/DMF solution which was allowed toshake for 10 min. Carboxy activation was achieved through the use of DCC(44.6 mg, mmol) and HOBt (29.2 mg, mmol) was added to 10 mL of DMF andthen added to the resin and allowed to shake for 18 h.

Reagent R was used to deprotect all side groups and cleave the cyclicpeptide from the resin. Reagent R was prepared by combining 5.4 mL TFA,0.3 mL thioanisole, 0.18 mL anisole, and 0.12 mL ethanedithiol. This wasallowed to react for 3 hours at which time the resin was filtered off.The supernatant was cooled to 0° C. and the peptide was precipitatedusing cold diethyl ether. It was collected through centrifugation andthen washed three times using diethyl ether. The pellet was dissolved in0.6 mL H₂O and 0.4 mL ACN with 0.3% TFA and purified using HPLC.

101. Synthesis of N-Boc-N-Tfa-Ethylenediamine.

To a solution of N-boc-ethylenediamine (5.0 g, 31.2 mmol) in 20 mL THF,ethyl trifluoroacetate (3.72 mL, 31.2 mmol) was added dropwise and thereaction stirred overnight. The reaction solution was concentrated toyield a white crystalline product (8.0 g, 100%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃)δ 1.44 (s, 9H, CH₃), 3.37 (dd, 2H, J=5.4 Hz, J=10.2 Hz, CH₂), 3.46 (dd,2H, J=5.1 Hz, J=10.4 Hz, CH₂), 5.01 (s, 1H, NH), 7.85 (s, 1H, NH); ¹³CNMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 28.2, 39.1, 42.2, 80.6, 140.6, 151.2, 157.7.

102. Boc Deprotection of N-Boc-N-Tfa-Ethylenediamine.

N-Boc-N-Tfa-ethylenediamine (8.0 g, 31.5 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mLformic acid and stirred for 14 h at room temperature. After the solventwas evaporated under reduced pressure, toluene was added andconcentrated to remove any residual formic acid, yielding an orange oil(4.90 g, 99.7%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 2.31 (s, 2H, NH₂), 3.15 (t,2H, J=6.1 Hz, CH₂), 3.61 (t, 2H, J=6.1 Hz, CH₂), 8.35 (s, 1H, NH); ¹³CNMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 38.5, 39.7, 113.1, 115.9, 118.8, 121.6, 159.7,160.1.

103. Attachment of N-Tfa-Ethylenediamine.

The deprotected nanoparticles (162.3 mg, 4.58 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (10.0mL) were stirred under argon at 0° C. with N-methylmorpholine (47.8 mg,472.6 μmol) followed by dropwise addition of isobutyl chloroformate(71.0 mg, 519.8 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (0.75 mL). After 1.5 h, a solutionof N-Tfa-ethylenediamine (73.8 mg, 472.6 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (2.5 mL)was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperatureand stirred overnight. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product wasdissolved in methanol and dialyzed against methanol with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ7.61-6.45 (br m, aromatic from crosslinker), 3.15-3.00 (br m,N-Tfa-ethylenediamine), 3.00-2.69 (br m, backbone andN-Tfa-ethylenediamine), 2.69-1.34 (br m, backbone).

104. Deprotection of MAL-dPeg™₄-T-Boc-Hydrazide.

In a 100 mL round bottomed flask, MAL-dPeg™₄-t-boc-hydrazide (127.1 mg,239.5 μmol) was dissolved in 80.0 mL of formic acid and stirred overnight at room temperature. After the solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure, toluene was added and concentrated to remove anyresidual formic acid to give MAL-dPeg™₄-hydrazide (103.1 mg, 100%).

105. Attachment of MAL-dPeg™₄-Hydrazide.

The deprotected nanoparticles (141.1 mg, 3.13 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (10.0mL) were stirred under argon at 0° C. with N-methylmorpholine (17.1 mg,169.1 μmol) followed by dropwise addition of isobutyl chloroformate(25.4 mg, 86.0 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (0.7 mL). After 1.5 h, a solution ofMAL-dPeg™₄-hydrazide (103.1 mg, 239.5 μmol) was added dropwise. Thereaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight.After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product was dissolved in methanol anddialyzed against methanol with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.67-6.47 (br m, aromatic fromcrosslinker and maleimide linker), 3.89-3.48 (br t, maleimide linker),3.21-3.02 (br m, N-Tfa-ethylenediamine), 3.02-2.69 (br m, backbone andN-Tfa-ethylenediamine), 2.69-1.01 (br m, backbone).

106. Hydrogenation of G1.

A solution of G1 (8.36 g, 5.69 mmol) in ethanol (214 mL) in a Parrhydrogenation bottle with Raney-Nickel (3.49 g) was shaken at 65 psi for3 days at room temperature. Another 1 g of Raney-Nickel was added to thereaction and it was again shaken at 65 psi for 3 days at roomtemperature. The reaction was filtered through Celite, and the removalof the solvent under reduced pressure gave the crude product. Theresidue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and subsequently washed withsaturated sodium bicarbonate solution (2×, 100 mL) and brine (2×, 100mL) then the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Thesolution was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yieldamine G1 (8.19 g, 93.7%).

107. PDPOH Attachment to G1.

PDPOH (91.46 mg, 4.25 mmol) in dry THF (100 mL) was stirred under argonat room temperature with 1-hydrobenzotriazole (HOBt) (68.90 mg, 5.10mmol) and DCC (1.05 g, 5.10 mmol). After 1 h, amine G1 (7.34 g, 5.10mmol) was added to the solution and the reaction proceeded for 48 h,after which, it was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.The crude material was purified via flash column chromatography elutingwith 10:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate increasing to 100% ethyl acetate to givewhite SS-G1 (4.67 g, 67.1%).

108. SSG1 Deprotection Via Formic Acid.

SSG1 (4.67 g, 2.85 mmol) was dissolved with stirring in formic acid (100mL) and the reaction proceeded at room temperature overnight. Uponcompletion, the formic acid was removed azeotropically with tolueneunder reduced pressure to yield the product (3.29 g, 100.0%).

109. N-Boc-1,6-Diaminohexane Attachment to SSG1.

SSG1OH (3.29 g, 2.91 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) was stirred underargon at room temperature with HOBt (4.23 g, 31.25 mmol) and DCC (6.45g, 31.25 mmol). After one hour, N-boc-1,6-diaminohexane (6.76 g, 31.25mmol) was added to the solution and the reaction proceeded for 48 h atroom temperature. Upon completion, the reaction solution was filtered toremove the DCC salt and the filtrate concentrated and purified via flashcolumn chromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane andgradually increasing to 10% methanol in dichloromethane to yield a whitesolid (4.42 g, 52.0%).

The resulting solid was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), the solutionwas cooled to 0° C., and 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was added andthe reaction stirred for 24 h at room temperature. Removal of thesolvent under pressure gave a white solid (3.55 g, 100.0%).

110. Attachment of Goodman's Reagent to SSG1LL.

The resulting SSG1LL HCl salt (3.55 g, 1.51 mol) was dissolved inmethanol (50 mL), and the solution was cooled to 0° C. Triethylamine(TEA) (3.41 mL, 24.56 mmol) was added followed byN,N′-diboc-N″-triflylguanidine (6.94 g, 17.74 mmol) and the reaction wasstirred 24 h at room temperature. After removal of the solvent underreduced pressure, the crude product was purified via flash columnchromatography eluting with 1% methanol in dichloromethane and graduallyincreasing to 10% methanol in dichloromethane to yield a white solid(838.2 mg, 13.13%). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOD) δ 1.33-1.47 (m, 246H, CH₂,CH₃), 2.03 (d, 48H, J=65.3 Hz, CH₂), 3.15 (td, 30H, J=6.3 Hz, J=12.7 Hz,CH₂), 3.29 (m, 45H, CH₂), 7.42 (m, 1H, ArH), 7.67 (d, 1H, J=8.2 Hz,ArH), 7.79 (d, 1H, J=8.1 Hz, ArH), 8.02 (s, 1H, ArH).

111. Cleavage of Disulfide Bridge on Molecular Transporter.

The disulfide linker hexyl molecular transporter (257.8 mg, 61.41 μmol)in DriSolv DMF (5 mL) was stirred under argon and a solution ofDL-dithiothreitol (740.0 mg, 4.80 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwiseand the reaction proceeded for 2 h at room temperature. After removal ofDMF in vacuo, the reaction was purified using a Sephadex LH-20 column,eluting with DMF and concentrating the fractions in vacuo again yieldingthe product (251.0 mg, 100%).

112. Attachment of Molecular Transporter to Nanoparticles.

The nanoparticles (147.4 mg, 3.07 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (10.0 mL) werestirred under argon and the free thiol hexyl molecular transporter(251.0 mg, 61.41 μmol) in DriSolv DMF (10.0 mL) was added dropwisefollowed by the addition of a catalytic amount of N-methylmorpholine.After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product was dissolved in methanol anddialyzed against a 1:1 methanol:water solution, eventually dialyzingagainst pure methanol with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.55-6.21 (br m, aromatic fromcrosslinker), 3.85-3.49 (br t, maleimide linker), 3.22-3.00 (br m,N-Tfa-ethylenediamine and molecular transporter), 3.00-2.70 (br m,backbone, N-Tfa-ethylenediamine, and molecular transporter), 2.70-1.00(br m, backbone and molecular transporter).

113. Deprotection of Trifluoroacetyl Protected Amines on ModifiedParticles.

The nanoparticles (142.0 mg, 1.54 μmol) were dissolved in methanol (5.0mL) and a 10% K2CO3 solution of 5:3 methanol:water (13.0 mL) was addedto the solution and the reaction proceeded overnight at roomtemperature. The reaction was purified by dialysis with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10 000) against a 5:3 methanol:watersolution, eventually dialyzing against pure methanol then dialyzingagainst a 1:1 methanol THF solution, eventually dialyzing against pureTHF. 1H NMR (400 MHz, THF d8) δ 8.26-6.53 (br m, aromatic fromcrosslinker), 3.94-3.52 (br m, maleimide linker), 3.28-3.12 (br t,ethylenediamine and molecular transporter), 3.12-2.68 (br m, backbone,ethylenediamine, and molecular transporter), 2.68-1.05 (br m, backboneand molecular transporter).

114. Attachment of 3-(Pyridine-2-Yl Disulfanyl)Propanoic AcidNanoparticles.

A solution of 3-(pyridine-2-yl disulfanyl)propanoic acid (16.8 mg, 77.9μmol) in anhydrous THF (2.5 mL) was stirred under argon at 0° C. withN-methylmorpholine (7.88 mg, 77.9 μmol) followed by dropwise addition ofisobutyl chloroformate (11.7 mg, 85.7 μmol). After 1.5 h, a solution ofthe deprotected nanoparticles (111.0 mg, 1.30 μmol) in anhydrous THF(35.0 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to warm to roomtemperature and stirred for 24 h. The reaction was diluted and purifiedby dialysis with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000)against methanol, eventually dialyzing against a 3:1 THF:MeOH solution.¹H NMR (400 MHz, THF d₈) δ 7.58-6.22 (br m, aromatic from crosslinkingand disulfide linker), 3.87-3.67 (br m, maleimide linker), 3.24-3.16 (brm, disulfide linker), 3.15-3.04 (br m, diamine and moleculartransporter), 2.93-2.83 (br m, diamine and molecular transporter),2.78-2.62 (br m, disulfide linker), 2.62-1.06 (br m, backbone).

115. Attachment of Alexa Fluor® 568.

To a solution of multifunctional nanoparticles (10.0 mg, 106.0 nmol) inDriSolv DMF (3.0 mL), a solution of Alexa Fluor® 568 (3.78 mg, 4.77μmol) in anhydrous DMSO (377.7 μL) and triethylamine (50.0 μL, 358.7μmol) was added to the solution and the reaction proceeded in the darkfor 24 h at room temperature. The reaction was diluted with THF andpurified by dialysis with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000) against 1% H₂O in THF eventually dialyzing against pureTHF.

116. Capping of the Remaining Amines.

Upon completion of the Alexa Fluor 568 addition to the nanoparticles, asolution of N-acetoxysuccinimide (47.1 mg, 299.5 μmol) in DriSolv DMF(1.0 mL) was added to the reaction solution. The reaction was allowed toproceed for 3 h at RT. After removal of DMF in vacuo, the product wasdissolved in methanol and dialyzed against methanol with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ1.29-2.43 (br m, backbone and molecular transporter), 2.59-2.83 (br m,disulfide linker), 2.84-2.95 (br m, disulfide linker), 2.98-3.02 (br m,disulfide linker), 3.04-3.09 (br m, disulfide linker), 3.16 (br t,diamine and molecular transporter), 3.67 (br t, maleimide linker),6.53-7.98 (br m, aromatic from crosslinking, disulfide linker, andFITC).

117. Boc Deprotection of Modified Nanoparticles.

Modified nanoparticles (30.0 mg, 434.0 nmol) were dissolved in anhydrous1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and chilled to 0° C. A solution of 4 M HCl in1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added dropwise to the stirring nanoparticles andthe reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature Thenanoparticle solution was diluted to three times the original volumewith water and dialyzed against water with SnakeSkin® Pleated DialysisTubing (MWCO=10,000). Upon completion of dialysis, the aqueous solutionwas lyophilized to yield a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ1.18-2.37 (br m, backbone and molecular transporter), 2.71-2.79 (br m,disulfide linker), 2.81-2.86 (br m, disulfide linker), 2.89-2.93 (br m,disulfide linker), 2.94-2.99 (br m, disulfide linker), 3.12 (br t,diamine and molecular transporter), 3.69 (br t, maleimide linker),6.53-8.41 (br m, aromatic from crosslinking, disulfide linker, andFITC).

118. Synthesis of Copolymer Poly(vl-avl) (Ab).

A 50 mL 3-necked round bottom flask, equipped with stir bar, was sealedwith two septa and a gas inlet. The flask was evacuated and refilledwith nitrogen three times. Stock solutions of 1.7 M ethanol (EtOH) inTHF and 3.7×10⁻² M tin(II) 2-ethylhexanoate (Sn(Oct)₂) in THF were madein sealed N₂ purged flasks. Solutions of EtOH (0.32 mL, 5.41×10⁻¹ mmol)and Sn(Oct)₂ (0.30 mL, 1.12×10⁻² mmol) were combined in the nitrogenpurged 50 mL flask. After stirring the mixture for 30 min,α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (1.16 g, 8.32 mmol) and δ-valerolactone (vl,2.50 g, 24.97 mmol) were added. The reaction vessel stirred at 105° C.for 48 h. Residual monomer and catalyst were removed by dialyzing withSpectra/Por® dialysis membrane (MWCO=1000) against CH₂Cl₂ to give agolden brown polymer. Yield: 3.24 g (88%). M_(w)=3042Da, PDI=1.18; ¹HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.7 (m, H₂C═CH—), 5.09 (m, H₂C═CH—),4.09 (m, —CH₂—O—), 3.65 (m, CH₃CH₂O—), 2.35 (m, vl, —CH₂CH₂C(O)O—, avl,H₂C═CHCH₂CH—, H₂C═CHCH₂CH—), 1.68 (m, avl & vl, —CHCH₂CH₂—), 1.25 (t,CH₃CH₂O—); ¹³C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃, ppm) δ: 174.6 (avl, —C(O)—), 172.7(vl, —C(O)—), 134.6 (H₂C═CH—), 116.4 (H₂C═CH—), 63.3, 44.3, 35.9, 33.1,27.5, 25.9, 23.6, 20.9.

119. Nanoparticle Formation from Ab.

A solution of Ab (0.0804 g, M_(w)=3042 Da, PDI=1.18) dissolved in CH₂Cl₂(0.18 mL) was added to a solution of 3,6-dioxa-1,8-octanedithiol (30.0μL, 0.18 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (28.4 mL) at 44° C. The reaction mixture washeated for 12 h. Residual dithiol was removed by dialyzing withSnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) againstdichloromethane. Yield: 0.078 g. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ: Thesignificant change is the reduction of the allyl protons at 5.06 and5.77 ppm and the appearance of signals at 3.65 and 2.71 ppmcorresponding to the protons neighboring the thiols of the PEG linkerafter cross-linking. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar tothat of Ab. The reaction can also be conducted with photoinitiators atRT in organic solvents. The particle sizes of the resulting particlescorrespond to those produced in analogous epoxide/amine procedures.

When reaction times are increased to from about 24 h to about 48 h, theparticle sizes increase due to the total consumption of allyl moieties.Reaction at room temperature was found to be sufficient. Addition ofradical starters or other photoinitiators does not significantlyincrease the quality of the particles.

120. One Pot Synthesis of Nanoparticles from Poly(vl-evl-avl-opd)(ABbD).

In a 25 mL three-necked round bottom flask equipped with stir bar,condenser and septa, 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine (18.3 μL,1.25×10⁻⁴ mol), 17.1 mL CH₂Cl₂ and a solution of poly(vl-evl-were added.A solution of poly(vl-evl-avl-opd), ABbD, (0.0781 g, M_(w)=3500 Da,PDI=1.29). The mixture was heated at 44° C. for 12 h. Residual diaminewas removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000) against dichloromethane. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm)δ: The significant change is the disappearance of the epoxide protons at2.94, 2.75 and 2.47 ppm and the appearance of signals at 3.64 and 2.97ppm corresponding to the protons neighboring the secondary amine of thePEG linker after cross-linking. All other aspects of the spectrum aresimilar. TEM analysis of the resulting nanoparticles is shown in FIG.52. The particle size distribution, with unusually narrowpolydispersity, of the resulting nanoparticles is shown in FIG. 53. Toincrease particle sizes, reaction times can be increased to from about24 h to about 48 h.

121. Uptake Experiment Protocol.

Fluorescent multifunctional nanoparticle, negative control particle,FD-1, and FD-2 uptake by mammalian cells was assessed using HeLa cells,cancer cells, grown in uncoated, 14 mm diameter Microwell, No. 1.5MatTek Dishes and a Zeiss LSM 510 META confocal microscope. HeLa cellswere grown in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium-Low Glucose (DMEM)(Sigma Aldrich) supplemented with 10% (v/v) fetal bovine serum (Gibco)and 1% (v/v) antibiotic-antimycotic (Gibco). The cells were treated withthe multifunctional nanoparticles, negative control particles, FD-1, orFD-2 for one hour, washed three times with Ca²⁺/Mg²⁺ free PhosphateBuffered Saline with EDTA (PBS), fixed with 3.3% paraformaldehyde atroom temperature for 10 minutes, and analyzed using confocal microscopy.

122. Bioconjugate Molecular Transporter.

To prepare an exemplary antibody conjugated molecular transporter, aG1-Newkome dendrimer that contains nine t-butyl end functionalities anda primary amine group at the focal point was prepared using disclosedmethods (FIG. 54). The amine functionality was reacted with3-(2-pyridinyldithio)propanoic acid via amide coupling reactions withDCC/HOBt to form a protected dendrimer with a reactive core. The t-butylester groups on the periphery of the dendritic scaffold were deprotectedwith formic acid to give free carboxylic acid groups that were coupledwith N-Boc-1,6-diaminohexane. After deprotection of the Boc protectinggroups with 2M HCl in dioxane the free amines were transformed intoguanidine groups with N,N-diBoc-N-triflylguanidine and the subsequentdeprotection of the Boc groups using 2 M HCl in dioxane gave the desiredcompound (Scheme 21).

The final compound is designed to localize in the cytoplasm of thecells, as an integrated a hexyl alkyl spacer is present at the peripheryof the dendrimer scaffold that was previously found to be a feature forthe specificity of its subcellular location. Furthermore, thepyidinyldithio linker at the focal point allows for the exchange withsulfhydryl groups to form bioconjugates that are connected over adisulfide bond to afford a reductive cleavable linker that can maintainactivity of the biomolecule in cells. The IgG molecular transporterconjugate (IgGMT) was formed by the mild reaction of Alexa Fluor® 568labeled IgG antibody in PBS buffer at RT with the dendrimer (FIG. 54).Five transporter dendrimers were attached to the IgG structure which hasa molecular weight of 148 kDa. The conjugate was dialyzed against PBSbuffer to remove any unreacted dendrons and the concentration in thedialysis tubing was choosen to be 1 mg ml⁻¹ IgGMT, that allowed for theuse of the solution directly for the uptake and neutralizationexperiments.

First, the uptake efficiency of the IgGMT conjugate into humanepithelial cells (HEp-2) was tested. The 60% confluently grown cellswere incubated with IgGMT initially for 10 min then for 30 min, 1, 2 and6 h. The uptake efficiency was studied with confocal microscopy and theuptake of the bioconjugate could be observed as early as 10 min. Latertime points showed an increase of red fluorescence of the IgGMTconjugate, progressing from the cell surface membrane to localizeintracellularly in the perinuclear area at time points of 2 and 6 h.Contrary to the affinity and uptake of the IgGMT bioconjugate, the AlexaFluor® 568 labeled, unmodified IgG did not enter the cell at all timespoints investigated (FIG. 55). After the uptake into HEp-2 cells wasconfirmed with no evidence of cellular damage, the activity of theconjugate in RSV infected cells that expressed green fluorescent proteinGFP as a result of RSV infection was examined. First, HEp-2 cells wereinfected for 24 h with recombinant RSV-GFP, washed and allowed toincubate for an additional 48 h. The cells were then imaged withconfocal microscopy at a total of 72 h after initial infection (FIG.56). The typical syncytia formation was observed, a combination andfusion of the infected cells, together with the expression of the greenfluorescent protein (GFP). To study the neutralization effect of theIgGMT, HEp-2 cells infected for 24 h with RSV-GFP were incubated for 30min with a solution of IgGMT in PBS buffer, washed and imaged 48 h later(FIGS. 56 a and b). By confocal microscopy it was observed that asignificant reduction of the green fluorescence of GFP (a) and a strongred fluorescence of the Alexa Fluor® 568 labeled IgGMT conjugate (b).The merged images of (a) and (b) combined with differential interferencecontrast (DIC) also gave evidence of healthier cells with significantlyless syncytia formation than the untreated infected cells at the sametime period (FIG. 56 c). This result illustrated the significantreduction of GFP in treated cells in contrast to the untreated cellsobserved at a total incubation time of 72 h after infection with RSV for24 h. Besides the presence of neutralized cells that showed only the redfluorescence of the conjugate, cells that showed the coexistence ofRSV-GFP and the red fluorescence of the IgGMT, appearing in the centerof the cells (FIGS. 56 and 57, a+b merged) were also observed. Imagingdirectly after the 30 min incubation of the RSV infected cells with theIgGMT, showed the green fluorescence localized intracellularly, whereasthe red fluorescence was observed on the cell-surface membranes (FIG.57, a+b merged). These images documented the high affinity of theconjugate with the cells surface directly after the incubation periodfollowed by the uptake into the Hep-2 cells after an additionalincubation time of 48 h. Parallel investigations of the RSV titres ofthe supernatant showed a significant reduction by 80-90% in viralreplication when compared to cells not exposed to the IgGMT conjugate.Without wishing to be bound by theory, the intracellular delivery of IgGantibody directed to the surface protein inhibits the syncytialformation mediated by the F protein and has an effect on total virusproduction when added 24 h after the initiation of RSV infection.

123. Tailored Polyester Nanoparticles.

In this example, polyester nanoparticles in controlled nanoscopicdimensions have been prepared through a one-pot procedure that containsamine, keto, and allyl groups and is tailored towards the conjugation ofbioactive building blocks, such as a dendritic molecular transporter tofacilitate cellular uptake, or peptides and dyes to accomplish targetingand imaging. In several examples of bioconjugate synthesis, demonstratedis the versatility and the orthogonal attachment strategies involvinghigh yielding thiol-ene reactions under mild conditions and reductiveamination reactions, circumventing the integration of linker andmulti-step post-modification pathways. Several linear nanoparticleprecursors were prepared according to Scheme 22.

After the collapse of the above linear precursors using disclosedmethods, the nanoparticle can be functionalized with a desired moiety.In contrast to reported strategies that form amide bonds with polyesterscaffolds using EDC activation that are typically not very high yieldingand require a high excess of expensive peptides, in this example theN-terminus of the targeting unit (e.g., a peptide) was reacted with theketo group, integrated in the polymer backbone of the developedpolyester particle. In a model reaction, the successful reductiveamination of N-Boc-ethylenediamine with keto groups of the particle hasbeen shown and applied these reaction conditions to test the addition ofpeptidic units. Here, the targeting peptide sequence GCGGGNHVGGSSV wastested and chosen for the reaction with the ABD nanoparticle, with thenanoscopic dimension of 118 nm prepared from the ABD linear precursorpolymer with 1.5 equivalents of 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)bis(ethylamine)cross-linking units with the conditions as described above (Scheme 22).The amine groups of the nanoparticle were first capped withN-acetoxysuccinimide and the modified nanoparticle and the peptide weresolubilized in tetrahydrofuran with NaCNBH3 as the reducing reagent.

After purification through dialysis the modified particles, 3, werecharacterized with ¹H NMR and DLS. The increase in hydrodynamic diameterfrom 118±10 nm to 120±10 nm indicated the addition of peptides to thepolyester backbone and further investigations with 1H NMR showed theconjugation of peptides with the characteristic resonance peaks at 4.39and 7.42 ppm. With additional analysis through static light scattering(SLS) we could determine the amount of peptide attached to thenanoparticle that was estimated to be between 36 of the intendedattachment of 40 peptides per particle.

This result confirmed the efficiency of the reductive aminationreactions with the N-terminus of the selected peptidic units. Targetingunits, however, that contain more than one amine group give mixedconjugation products and an alternative strategy has to be developed.For this reason, we wanted to pursue thiol-ene type reactions that willbe performed between cysteine units, integrated into the sequence closeto the N-terminus, and double bonds that we find in maleimides,vinylsulfones or allyl groups. To integrate the reaction partner for thethiol/cysteine containing units, such as peptides, or oligonucleotides,into the nanoparticles, either a suitable linker that would be attachedto the prepared nanoparticle was synthesized or a method that wouldcircumvent the conjugation of a linker molecule to facilitate theattachment of thiol containing entities was found. Therefore, theintegration of allyl groups in the polyester backbone as pendantfunctional units that would be already present in the linear polyesterprecursor before nanoparticle formation was studied. The available allylgroups that stem from the α-allyl-δ-valerolactone of the linearpolyester precursors were oxidized and converted entirely into epoxidegroups to provide units that would cross-link with the diamine. However,with partial oxidation of the allyl group, linear polyester precursorscontaining epoxide units and remaining allyl groups, could beaccomplished. In the next step, a linear polyester AbD that waspartially oxidized to comprise 16% of allyl units and 11% of epoxideunits was cross-linked with 1.5 equivalents of diamine, using the novelone-pot reaction procedure to examine the compatibility of the allylgroups to the conditions of nanoparticle formation. The investigation ofthe resulting particles with DLS showed that hydrodynamic diameterscorresponded to the size and solubility of the particles that did notcontain any allyl groups. The allyl resonance peaks were still presentin the ¹H NMR spectra of the particles and were found to be analogous tothe resonances of the allyl functionalities in the linear precursor.

After attaching a fluorescent probe, a disclosed cyclic peptide wasattached, as shown in Scheme 23.

In the next step, a combined dendritic, peptidic, nanoparticle scaffoldwas synthesized according to Scheme 24.

Scheme 24. Combination of dendritic and peptidic scaffold.

For the first approach, linear peptides GCGGGNHVGGSSV with therecognition unit HVGGSSV with protected amines after capping withN-acetoxysuccinimide, were conjugated to the allyl functionality of aABbD nanoparticle of 126.6 nm through the thiol of the cysteine unit asdiscussed above. In a following reaction, the imaging reagent AlexaFluor® 9594 was introduced to label around 20 of the incorporated amineunits of the nanoparticle. In a sequential thiolene reaction, theconjugation of 30 dendritic transporter molecules was achieved (Scheme7), as was confirmed via ¹H NMR spectroscopy. The sequential conjugationof the bioactive compounds can be followed with an overlay of the ¹H NMRspectra that show the addition of first the peptide and the remainingallyl groups of the nanoparticle and the characteristic peaks of themolecular transporter molecule at 2.0 and 3.2 ppm.

The reaction sequence was changed to obtain a similar bioconjugateproduct that was only differentiated by the peptidic targeting unit. Theamine groups of the c-RGD unit were not capped to avoid inactivation ofthe Arginine® recognition unit. Therefore the conjugation strategyincluded that the amine groups of the nanoparticle were first labeledwith the NHS Alex Fluor dye followed by the thiol-ene reaction with thetargeting unit as shown in Scheme 6. In the last step, same as in theprevious reaction, the dendritic transporter unit was added in asequential thiol-ene reaction (Scheme 25).

In a third and last reaction sequence, we could demonstrate theversatility of the provided functional units of the nanoparticle andproceeded with an orthogonal conjugation approach. The free amine groupsof the nanoparticle are capped with N-acetoxysuccinimide to notinterfere with the following reductive amination reaction between theketo group of the polyester backbone and the N-terminus of theunmodified targeting peptide HVGGSSV. After the reductive aminationreaction was completed in the same fashion as described for compound 3,a thiolene reaction between the allyl groups of the nanoparticle and thethiol group of the molecular transporter could achieve the attachment of30 units according to ¹H NMR spectroscopy analysis. The additional finalcharacterization of the modified particles with static light scattering(SLS) the number of conjugated peptides peptides could determine theaddition of 36 peptides to the particle. In a last step, the NHS esterAlexa Fluor dye was modified with thiolethylamine (Scheme 26) to labelexclusively the particle through a thiol-ene reaction to image thesystem in vitro. The Alexa Fluor 594 dye proved to be stable under theconditions and another example of the chemical versatility of the systemwas given.

TABLE 6 Summary of nanoparticle conjugates with definition of particletype depending on linear polymer precursora and connected targetingpeptide ^(b)‘c’ for capped N-terminus of peptide with HVGGSSVrecognition unit via N-acetoxysuccinimide and ‘c’ for cyclic RGD. AlexaDendritic Particle Targeting Fluor ® Molecular Compound Type^(a)Peptides^(b) Dye Transporter^(c) Compound Name^(d) Class ABD HVGGSSV — —ABD-NP-HVGGSSV (3) NP-P ABbD HVGGSSV — — ABbD-NP-HVGGSSV (14) NP-P ABbDcHVGGSSV 594 — ABbD-NP-cHVGGSSV-594 (8) NP-P-dye ABbD cRGD 594 —ABbD-NP-594-cRGD (10) NP-P-dye ABbD — 594 MT ABbD-NP-594-MT (6)NP-MT-dye ABbD cHVGGSSV 594 MT ABbD-NP-cHVGGSSV-594-MT(11) NP-P-MT-dyeABbD cRGD 594 MT ABbD-NP-594-cRGD-MT (12) NP-P-MT-dye ABbD HVGGSSV 594MT ABbD-NP-594-MT (16) NP-P-MT-dye ^(c)Dendritic molecular transporteris abbreviated as MT, and the compound name is given in the order of theattachment d.

Below are the experimental procedures relevant to Example 123.

Synthesis of copolymer poly(vl-avl-opd) (AbD). To a 25 mL 3-necked roundbottom flask, equipped with stir bar, gas inlet and 2 rubber septa,2-oxepane-1,5-dione (0.70 g, 5.46 mmol) was added. The round bottomflask was purged with argon. After purging for 30 min, dry toluene (4mL) was added. The mixture stirred in an oil bath at 80° C. to dissolvethe monomer. Upon dissolving, Sn(Oct)₂ (11.1 mg, 27.3 μmol) in 0.5 mLdry toluene, absolute ethanol (20.5 mg, 440 μmol),α-allyl-δ-valerolactone (1.15 g, 8.19 mmol) and δ-valerolactone (1.37 g,13.7 mmol) were then added to the reactor and the mixture was heated for48 h at 105° C. Residual monomer and catalyst were removed by dialyzingwith Spectra/Por® dialysis membrane (MWCO=1000) against CH2Cl2 to give agolden brown polymer. Yield: 2.70 g (85%). Mw=3287 Da, PDI=1.17; ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.72 (m, H2C═CH—), 5.06 (m, H2C═CH—), 4.34(m, —CH2CH2C(O)CH2CH2O—), 4.08 (m, —CH2O—), 3.67 (m, —OCH2CH3), 2.78 (m,opd, —OC(O)CH2CH2C(O)CH2-), 2.58 (m, opd, —OC(O)CH2CH2C(O)CH2-), 2.34(m, vl, —CH2CH2C(O)O—, avl, H2C═CHCH2CH—, H2C═CHCH2CH—), 1.66 (m, avl &vl, —CHCH2CH2-), 1.25 (t, —CH2CH3); 13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, ppm) δ:204.9, 175.2, 173.7, 173.2, 135.0, 117.0, 63.9, 44.8, 36.4, 33.6, 28.0,26.3, 21.3.

Synthesis of poly(vl-evl-opd) (ABD). To a solution of AbD (2.70 g, 4.67mmol) in CH2Cl2 (37 mL), 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (1.46 g, 8.48 mmol)was added. The mixture stirred for 72 h at room temperature and thenconcentrated via rotary evaporator. The crude product was dissolved in aminimal amount of tetrahydrofuran (THF) (5 mL) and dropped into a roundbottom flask containing 1 L diethyl ether. The solution was keptovernight at 0° C. and a white solid was obtained. The solution wasdecanted off and the solid was dried in vacuo to obtain ABD. Yield: 1.95g (72%). Mw=3392 Da, PDI=1.19. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3/TMS) δ: Thesignificant change is the disappearance of the allylic protons at 5.74and 5.09 ppm and the appearance of small broad resonance peaks at 2.94,2.75 and 2.47 ppm due to the formation of the epoxide ring. All otheraspects of the spectrum are similar.

Nanoparticle formation from poly(vl-evl-opd) (ABD). A solution of ABD(0.11 g, Mw=3392 Da, PDI=1.19) dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.26 mL) was addeddropwise via a peristaltic pump at 13 mL/min with vigorous stirring to asolution of 2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine (76.4 μL, 0.52 μmol) inCH2Cl2 (40.3 mL) at 44° C. The mixture was heated for 12 h. Residualdiamine was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000) against dichloromethane. Yield: 0.17 g (91%). DLS:DH=118.3±9.6 nm. SLS: Mw=323,000. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3/TMS) δ: Thesignificant change is the disappearance of the epoxide protons at 2.94,2.75 and 2.47 ppm and the appearance of signals at 3.54 and 2.97 ppmcorresponding to the protons neighboring the secondary amine of the PEGlinker after cross-linking. All other aspects of the spectrum aresimilar.

N-Boc-ethylenediamine (NBED) conjugated ABD nanoparticles. To a solutionof ABD nanoparticles (20 mg, 0.06 μmol) in THF (2 mL),N-acetoxysuccinimide (0.02 g, 0.13 mmol) was added. The reaction mixturestirred for 3 h. Residual N-acetoxysuccinimide was removed by dialyzingwith SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against THF. Oncethe product was concentrated and dried, the nanoparticles (18 mg, 0.05μmol) were dissolved in a mixture of CH2Cl2 and CH3OH (1:1, v/v, 2 mL).To this solution, N-Boc-ethylenediamine (4.6 μL of 1.59 M NBED in CH₃OH)and NaCNBH3 (21.8 μL of 1.0 M NaCNBH3 in THF) were added. The reactionmixture stirred for 12 h at room temperature and then was purified bydialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against1:1 CH2Cl2/CH3OH. Yield: 18 mg (88%). DLS: DH=119.5±10.3 nm; originalparticle DH=118.3±9.6 nm. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ: The significantchange is the appearance of the peak at 1.43 ppm due to the Bocprotecting group. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to thatof the ABD nanoparticles.

General procedures for the synthesis of HVGGSSV peptide (1). The HVGGSSVpeptide was synthesized by solid-phase peptide synthesis using standardFmoc chemistry on a Model 90 Peptide Synthesizer (Advanced ChemTech).General procedure: Attachment of N-Fmoc amino acids to resin. Afterswelling with dichloromethane (20 mL) for 20 min, H-val-2-Cl-Trt resin(0.20 g, 1.03 mmol/g, 0.21 mmol surface amino acids) was treated with asolution of Fmoc-protected amino acids (4.4 equiv, 0.9 mmol) indimethylformamide (DMF) (9 mL). The amino acids were attached to theresin using double coupling with a solution (9 mL) consisting ofN-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (HOBt) (0.9 mmol, 0.14 g)o-(benzotriazole-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (0.9mmol, 0.34 g), N,N′-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (1.8 mmol, 0.31 mL) in9 mL DMF. The reaction mixture was shaken for 60 min and washed with DMF(4×10 mL), methanol (4×10 mL) and DMF (4×10 mL). The end of the couplingwas controlled by the Ninhydrin test. A 20% (v/v) piperidine in DMFsolution was used to deprotect the Fmoc groups. The amino acids wereattached to the resin in the following sequence: Ser, Ser, Gly, Gly,Val, His, Asn, Gly, Gly, Gly, Cys, and Gly.

General procedure: Cleavage from resin. The resin was treated withReagent R, a solution of TFA, thioanisole, anisole, and ethanedithiol(90:5:3:2, 6 mL), for 4 h. After removal of the resin by filtration, thefiltrate was concentrated to precipitate the peptide with cold diethylether. Crude peptides were purified by RP-HPLC and lyophilized. Peptideidentity was confirmed by MALDI-MS (m/z: 1087.1).

HVGGSSV conjugated ABD nanoparticles (3). To a solution of ABDnanoparticles (20.0 mg, 0.06 μmol) in THF (2 mL), N-acetoxysuccinimide(3 mg, 18.1 μmol) was added. The reaction mixture stirred for 3 h.Residual N-acetoxysuccinimide was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against 1:1 THF/CH3OH to giveamine capped ABD nanoparticles, 2. To a solution of 2 (0.0174 g, 0.05μmol, in 3 mL THF), 1 (3.5 mg, 3.18 μmol) dissolved in DMSO (2 mL) andNaCNBH3 (6.36 μL 1.0 M NaCNBH3 in THF) were added. The reaction mixturestirred for 12 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was purifiedby dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000)against 1:1 THF/CH3CN. Yield: 19 mg (88%) DLS: DH=120.5±10.2 nm;original particle DH=118.3±9.6 nm. SLS: Mw=362,000; original particleMw=323,000. 1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ: The significant change is theappearance of the following peaks: 8.26-7.87, 7.42, 6.90, 4.39, and 4.25ppm due to the attachment of the peptide. All other aspects of thespectrum are similar to that of the ABD nanoparticles.

Synthesis of poly(vl-evl-avl-opd) (ABbD). To a solution of AbD (1.70 g,1.56 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL), 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.22 g, 1.28mmol) was added. The mixture stirred for 72 h at room temperature andthen was concentrated via rotary evaporator. The crude product wasdissolved in a minimal amount of THF (5 mL) and poured into a roundbottom flask containing 1 L diethyl ether. The solution was keptovernight at 0° C. and a white solid was obtained. The solution wasdecanted off and the solid was dried in vacuo to obtain ABbD. Yield: 1.2g (71%). Mw=3356 Da, PDI=1.18. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3/TMS, ppm) δ: 5.72(m, H2C═CH—), 5.06 (m, H2C═CH—), 4.34 (m, —CH2CH2C(O)CH2CH2O—), 4.08 (m,—CH2O—), 3.67 (m, —OCH2CH3), 2.96 (m, epoxide proton), 2.78 (m, evlepoxide proton, opd, —OC(O)CH2CH2C(O)CH2-), 2.58 (m, opd,—OC(O)CH2CH2C(O)CH2-), 2.47 (epoxide proton), 2.34 (m, vl,—CH2CH2C(O)O—, avl, H2C═CHCH2CH—, H2C═CHCH2CH—), 1.66 (m, avl & vl,—CHCH2CH2-), 1.25 (t, —CH2CH3).

Nanoparticle formation from ABbD. A solution of ABbD (0.21 g, Mw=3356Da, PDI=1.18) dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.39 mL) was added dropwise via aperistaltic pump at 13 mL/min with vigorous stirring to a solution of2,2′-(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine (42.6 μL, 0.29 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (60 mL)at 44° C. The reaction mixture was heated for 12 h. Residual diamine wasremoved by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000) against dichloromethane. Yield: 0.24 g (96%). DLS:DH=123.4±9.22 nm. SLS: Mw=345,000. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3/TMS) δ: Thesignificant change is the disappearance of the epoxide protons at 2.96,2.75 and 2.47 ppm and the appearance of signals at 3.56 and 2.98 ppmcorresponding to the protons neighboring the secondary amine of the PEGlinker after crosslinking. All other aspects of the spectrum are similarto that of ABbD.

One pot synthesis of nanoparticles from ABbD. To a solution of 2,2′(ethylenedioxy)diethylamine (26.2 μL, 0.18 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (34.6 mL), asolution of ABbD (0.13 g, Mw=3356 Da, PDI=1.18) in CH2Cl2 (0.24 mL) wasadded. The mixture was heated at 44° C. for 12 h. Residual diamine wasremoved by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing(MWCO=10,000) against CH2Cl2. Yield: 0.15 g (94%). DLS: DH=126.6±9.3 nm.SLS: Mw=350,000. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3/TMS) δ: The significant changeis the disappearance of the epoxide protons at 2.94, 2.75 and 2.47 ppmand the appearance of signals at 3.54 and 2.97 ppm corresponding to theprotons neighboring the secondary amine of the PEG linker aftercross-linking. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to that ofABbD.

General procedure for the attachment of benzyl mercaptan to ABbDnanoparticles. To a solution of ABbD nanoparticles (15 mg, 0.04 lμmol)in toluene (0.5 mL), benzyl mercaptan (3.5 μL, 29 μmol) was added. Thereaction mixture was heated for 72 h at 35° C. The remaining toluene wasremoved in vacuo and residual benzyl mercaptan was removed by dialyzingwith SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against CH2Cl2. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃/TMS) δ: The significant change is the reduction ofthe allyl protons at 5.72 and 5.06 ppm and the appearance of signals at3.73 and 7.30 ppm corresponding to the methylene and benzene protonsrespectively of the attached benzyl mercaptan. All other aspects of thespectrum are similar to that of ABbD nanoparticles.

Deprotection of molecular transporter (MT) (5) (contribution of SharonHamilton). To a solution of LL-MT (15 mg, 4.56 μmol) in CH3OH (0.4 mL),a solution of D,L-dithiothreitol in CH₃OH (0.2 mL) was added. Thereaction mixture stirred for 3 h at room temperature. Residualdithiothreitol was removed by purification with Sephadex LH-20. Theproduct was immediately attached to ABbD nanoparticles.

Model reaction of attachment of MT to ABbD nanoparticles. To a solutionof ABbD nanoparticles (15 mg, 0.04 μmol) in CH3OH (0.2 mL), 5 (11 mg,3.35 μmol) in CH3OH (0.4 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was heatedfor 72 h at 37° C. Residual 5 was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against methanol. Yield: 31.3 mg(89%). DLS: DH=128.9±10.2 nm; original particle DH=126.6±9.3 nm. ¹H NMR(300 MHz, CD3OD) δ: The significant change is the reduction of the allylprotons at 5.72 and 5.06 ppm and the appearance of signals at 2.20-1.98(CH2), 1.57 (CH2) and 1.39 (CH2) ppm due to the dendritic backbone ofthe MT. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to that of ABbDnanoparticles.

Alexa Fluor® 594 conjugated ABbD nanoparticles (4). To a solution ofABbD nanoparticles (0.021 g, 0.06 μmol) in dry THF (1.5 mL), AlexaFluor® 594 (0.14 mL of 10 mg/mL Alexa Fluor® 594 in DMF, 1.7 μmol) wasadded. The reaction mixture stirred for 24 h at room temperature.Residual Alexa Fluor® 594 was removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin®Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against CH3OH. Yield: 15.2 mg(88%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ: The significant change is theappearance of the following peaks due to Alexa Fluor® 594: 7.14-7.20,6.78, 5.48, 4.48, 3.62, 3.43, and 1.24 ppm. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO)δ: The significant change is the appearance of the following peaks dueto Alexa Fluor® 594: 7.52, 7.47, 7.08, 5.32, 4.44, 4.35, 3.58, 3.16,2.03, and 1.25 ppm. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar tothat of ABbD nanoparticles.

Attachment of MT to Alexa Fluor® 594 conjugated ABbD nanoparticles,NP-594-MT (6). To a solution of 4 (8 mg, 0.89 μmol) in CH3OH (0.2 mL), 5(7.5 mg, 2.27 μmol) in CH3OH (0.4 mL) was added. The reaction mixturewas heated for 72 h at 37° C. Residual 5 was removed by dialyzing withSnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against CH3OH. Yield:10.0 mg (91%). DLS: DH=129.4±9.8 nm; original particle DH=126.6±9.3 nm.1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ: The significant change is the reduction ofthe allyl protons at 5.72 and 5.06 ppm and the appearance of signals at2.20-1.98 (CH2), 1.57 (CH2) and 1.39 (CH2) ppm due to the dendriticbackbone of the MT. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar tothat of 4.

N-acetoxysuccinimide conjugated HVGGSSV peptide, cHVGGSSV (7). To asolution of 1 (29.4 mg, 2.7×10-5 mol) dissolved in CH3CN (3 mL),N-acetoxysuccinimide (0.42 g, 2.7×10-3 mol) was added. The reactionmixture stirred for 3 h at room temperature. After removal of thesolvent under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified byRP-HPLC. MALDI-MS: m/z=(M+H+) 1174.2.

Capped HVGGSSV conjugated Alexa Fluor® 594-ABbD nanoparticles,NP-cHVGGSSV-594. To a solution of ABbD nanoparticles (0.021 g, 0.06μmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (0.7 mL), 7 (6.4 mg, 5.46 mmol) was added.The reaction mixture was heated for 72 h at 33° C. To this solution,Alexa Fluor® 594 (0.14 mL of 10 mg/mL Alexa Fluor® 594 in DMF, 1.7 μmol)was added. Residual Alexa Fluor® 594 and peptide were removed bydialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against1:1 CH3OH/CH3CN. Yield: 20.1 mg (80%). DLS: DH=128.9±10.9 nm; originalparticle DH=126.6±9.3 nm. 1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ: The significantchange is the reduction of the allyl protons at 5.72 and 4.97 ppm andthe appearance of the following sets of significant signals: 8.21, 7.83,4.55, 3.73 and 0.80 ppm due to the peptide, and 7.25, 7.16, 6.53, 5.32,4.44, 4.37, and 1.25 ppm due to the Alexa Fluor® 594. All other aspectsof the spectrum are similar to that of ABbD nanoparticles.

Attachment of MT to cHVGGSSV conjugated Alexa Fluor® 594-ABbDnanoparticles, NP-cHVGGSSV-594-MT. To a solution of 8 (6 mg, 0.02 lμmol)in DMSO (0.1 mL), 5 (2 mg, 0.88 μmol) in CH3OH (0.3 mL) was added. Thereaction mixture was heated for 48 h at 33° C. Residual 5 was removed bydialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against1:1 CH3OH/CH3CN. Yield: 7.4 mg (93%). DLS: DH=130.7±9.4 nm; originalparticle DH=126.6±9.3 mm 1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ: The significantchange is the reduction of the allyl protons at 5.72 and 4.97 ppm andthe appearance of signals at 3.06 (CH2), 2.96 (CH2), 1.97 (CH2), 1.77(CH2), 1.41 (CH2) and 1.35 (CH2) ppm due to the dendritic backbone ofthe MT. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to that of 8.

Synthesis of cyclic RGD, cRGD (9) The RGD peptide was synthesized bysolid-phase peptide synthesis using standard Fmoc chemistry on a Model90 Peptide Synthesizer (Advanced ChemTech).

Synthesis of Linear RGD. After swelling with dichloromethane (20 mL),Fmoc-Cys-2-Cl-Trt resin (0.20 g, 0.9 mmol/g, 0.18 mmol surface aminoacids) was deprotected with a 20% (v/v) piperidine in DMF solution andtreated with a solution of Fmoc-protected amino acid (4.4 equiv, 0.9mmol) in dimethylformamide (DMF) (9 mL). The amino acids were attachedto the resin using double coupling with a solution (9 mL) consisting ofN-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (0.9 mmol, 0.14 g)o-(benzotriazole-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (0.9mmol, 0.34 g), N,N′-diisopropylethylamine (1.8 mmol, 0.31 mL) in 9 mLDMF. The reaction mixture was shaken for 60 min and washed with DMF(4×10 mL), methanol (4×10 mL) and DMF (4×10 mL). A 20% (v/v) piperidinein DMF solution was used to deprotect the Fmoc groups. An amino-hexylspacer was coupled to the cystine on the resin, followed by glutamicacid, aspartic acid, glycine, arginine, phenylalanine, and finallylysine.

Cyclization of RGD. The peptide was cyclized by utilizing an ODmabgroup, which allows for the selective deprotection carboxylic acid sidechain of the glutamic acid, which can then be coupled to the N-terminus.The ODmab was deprotected using 2% v/v hydrazine monohydrate/DMF addedto the resin and shaken for 7 min. Next it was washed with 20 mL of DMFfollowed by 10 mL of a 5% v/v DIPEA/DMF solution which was allowed toshake for 10 min. Carboxy activation was achieved through the use ofN,N′-dicyclohexylcarboimide (DCC) (44.6 mg, 0.22 mmol) andhydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) (29.2 mg, 0.22 mmol) which was added to 10mL of DMF and then added to the resin and allowed to shake for 18 h.

General procedure: Cleavage from resin. The resin was treated withReagent R, a solution of TFA, thioanisole, anisole, and ethanedithiol(90:5:3:2, 6 mL), for 3 h. After removal of the resin by filtration, thefiltrate was concentrated to precipitate the peptide with cold diethylether. The crude peptide was collected by centrifugation, purified byRP-HPLC and lyophilized. Peptide identity was confirmed by MALDI-MS(m/z: 945).

Attachment of cRGD to Alexa Fluor® 594 conjugated ABbD nanoparticles,NP-594-cRGD (10). To a solution of ABbD nanoparticles (23.0 mg, 0.07μmol) in THF (2.3 mL), Alexa Fluor® 594 (0.15 mL of 10 mg/mL AlexaFluor® 594 in DMF, 1.83 μmol) was added. After stirring the reactionmixture for 24 h at room temperature, the solvent was removed via rotaryevaporator. To the Alexa Fluor® 594 conjugated nanoparticles, methanol(0.35 mL) and 9 (5.7 mg, 6.0 μmol), dissolved in DMSO (0.35 mL), wereadded. The reaction mixture was heated for 72 h at 33° C. Residual AlexaFluor® 594 and peptide were removed by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® PleatedDialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against 1:1 CH3OH/CH3CN. Yield: 22.0 mg(81%). DLS: DH=129.8±9.6 nm; original particle DH=126.6±9.3 nm. 1H NMR(600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ: The significant change is the reduction of theallyl protons at 5.72 and 4.97 ppm and the appearance of the followingsets of significant signals: 7.37, 4.79, 2.23 and 1.66 ppm due to cRGD,and 7.25, 6.55, 5.31, 4.44, and 1.23 ppm due to the Alexa Fluor® 594.All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to that of ABbDnanoparticles.

Attachment of MT to cRGD conjugated Alexa Fluor® 594-ABbD nanoparticles,NP-594-cRGD-MT (12). To a solution of 10 (7.8 mg, 0.02 μmol) in DMSO(0.1 mL), 5 (1.4 mg, 0.67 μmol) in CH₃OH (0.3 mL) was added. Thereaction mixture was heated for 48 h at 33° C. Residual 5 was removed bydialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against1:1 CH₃OH/CH₃CN. Yield: 7.6 mg (83%). DLS: DH=131.9±10.6 nm; originalparticle DH=126.6±9.3 nm. 1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ: The significantchange is the reduction of the allyl protons at 5.72 and 4.97 ppm andthe appearance of signals at 3.04 (CH2), 2.98 (CH2), 1.98 (CH2), 1.75(CH2), 1.41 (CH2), and 1.35 (CH2) ppm due to the dendritic backbone ofthe MT. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to that of 11.

HVGGSSV conjugated ABbD nanoparticles, NP—HVGGSSV (14). To a solution ofABbD nanoparticles (50.0 mg, 0.14 μmol) in THF (2 mL),N-acetoxysuccinimide (7 mg, 44.5 μmol) was added. The reaction mixturestirred for 3 h. Residual N-acetoxysuccinimide was removed by dialyzingwith SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against 1:1THF/CH₃OH to give amine capped ABbD nanoparticles, 13. To a solution of13 (50.0 mg, 0.14 μmol, in 3 mL THF), 1 (9.3 mg, 8.57 μmol) dissolved inDMSO (2 mL) and NaCNBH3 (17.1 μL 1.0 M NaCNBH3 in THF) were added. Thereaction mixture stirred for 12 h at room temperature. The reactionmixture was purified by dialyzing with SnakeSkin® Pleated DialysisTubing (MWCO=10,000) against 1:1 THF/CH3CN. Yield: 43.2 mg (83%). DLS:DH=129.7±9.5 nm; original particle DH=126.6±9.3 nm. SLS: Mw=391,000;original particle Mw=350,000. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO, ppm) δ: Thesignificant change is the appearance of the following peaks: 8.21, 7.85,4.55, 3.73 and 0.80 ppm due to the peptide. All other aspects of thespectrum are similar to that of ABbD nanoparticles.

Thiolated Alexa Fluor® 594 (15). To a solution of Alexa Fluor® 594 (0.2mL of 10 mg/mL Alexa Fluor® 594 in DMF, 2.4 μmol), cystemaine (68.4 μLof 2.5 mg/mL cysteamine in DMSO, 2.2 μmol) was added. The reactionmixture stirred for 3 h at room temperature. The product was immediatelyattached to 14.

Attachment of MT to HVGGSSV conjugated Alexa Fluor® 594-ABbDnanoparticles, NPHVGGSSV-594-MT (16). To a solution of 14 (16 mg, 0.04μmol) in DMSO (0.2 mL), 15 (2 mg, 1.95 μmol) in DMSO (0.2 mL) and 5 (2.7mg, 1.2 μmol) in CH3OH (0.4 mL) were added. The reaction mixture washeated for 48 h at 33° C. Residual 5 and 15 were removed by dialyzingwith SnakeSkin® Pleated Dialysis Tubing (MWCO=10,000) against CH3OH.Yield: 18.5 mg (86%). DLS: DH=132.1±9.3 nm; original particleDH=126.6±9.3 nm. 1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ: The significant change isthe reduction of the allyl protons at 5.72 and 4.97 ppm and theappearance of the following sets of significant signals: 3.08, 2.99,1.97, 1.79, 1.43 and 1.34 ppm due to the dendritic backbone of the MT,and 7.27, 7.07, 6.53, 5.32, 4.46, 4.37, and 1.24 ppm due to the AlexaFluor® 594. All other aspects of the spectrum are similar to that of 14.

124. Paclitaxel Encapsulation in Poly(vl-evl-avl-opd) (ABbD)Nanoparticles.

To a 150 mL beaker containing D-α-tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000succinate (0.39 g) dissolved in Lonza cell culture water (78 mL),poly(vl-evl-avl-opd), ABbD, nanoparticles (0.17 g) and paclitaxel (34.0mg) dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (0.75 mL) was added slowly withvigorous stirring. The solution was split into two 50 mL centrifugetubes. The paclitaxel loaded nanoparticles were purified by applying twocycles of centrifugation (8000 rpm for 1 h) and reconstitution with cellculture water. The nanoparticle suspension was then lyophilized. Theloading ratio of paclitaxel for the encapsulation was determined byNanoprop UV/Vis and was found to be 11.34%.

125. In Vivo Administration of Nanoparticle-Bioconjugate.

Five adult Sprague-Dawley rats were sacrificed by lethal inhalation ofCO₂. At the moment of euthanasia, eight eyes of four rats were treatedwith a solution of 2×10⁻² M nanoparticle conjugate in a molar ratio of5:1 (dye:transporter) up to 15 minutes, one rat served as the notreatment control. The solution was dropped with a micropipette on tothe cornea and multiple drops were instilled in series to maintain atear meniscus over the cornea. The rats were kept in the dark in a coldroom for two hours after the treatment and underwent encleation of theglobe with optic nerve stump attached. The eye globes with attachedoptic nerves were placed in 4% paraformaldehyde until paraffinembedding. The paraffin blocks were cut into 4-μm sections and werestained with traditional DAPI dye. Slides were viewed at 40×'smagnification using a digital fluorescent microscope Olympus Provis AX70digitally interfaced with a semi-cooled CCD camera to visualize AlexaFluor 594-labeled transporter. Background autofluorescence wassubtracted and the settings were held constant for both the control andthe treatment eyes. To proof and image the intended eye region, imagesof the same location were measured under the DAPI and Alexafluorwavelength with the microscope-mounted camera (see FIG. 60, A-D).

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that variousmodifications and variations can be made in the present inventionwithout departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Otherembodiments of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in theart from consideration of the specification and practice of theinvention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification andexamples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spiritof the invention being indicated by the following claims.

1. A polymer comprising at least one monomer residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; and whereinthe monomer residue comprises less than about 10% by weight of themonomer residue of halogen selected from chlorine, bromine, and iodine.2. The polymer of claim 1, further comprising at least one monomerresidue selected from: a. a propargyl-functionalized monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; b. amonomer residue having an optionally substituted structure representedby a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to 2; and c. a keto-functionalized monomer residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to
 2. 3. A method of preparing a polymer comprisingthe step of copolymerizing a mixture of two or more of: a. analkene-functionalized monomer providing a residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; b. apropargyl-functionalized monomer providing a residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; and c. aketo-functionalized monomer providing a residue having an optionallysubstituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to
 2. 4. The method of claim 3, wherein the mixturefurther comprises at least one monomer providing a residue having anoptionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n²is an integer from 0 to
 2. 5. The method of claim 3, wherein thealkene-functionalized monomer is present and the method furthercomprises the step of oxidizing the resultant polymer to provide anepoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:


6. The method of claim 3, wherein the alkene-functionalized monomer ispresent and has an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:


7. The method of claim 6, wherein the alkene-functionalized monomer ispresent and has an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:


8. The method of claim 3, wherein the propargyl-functionalized monomeris present and has an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:


9. The method of claim 8, wherein the propargyl-functionalized monomeris present and has an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:


10. The method of claim 3, wherein the keto-functionalized monomer ispresent and has an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:


11. The method of claim 10, wherein the keto-functionalized monomer ispresent and has an optionally substituted structure represented by aformula:


12. The method of claim 4, wherein the monomer providing a residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

has an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:


13. The method of claim 12, wherein the monomer providing a residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

has an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:


14. The method of claim 3, further comprising the step offunctionalizing the polymer.
 15. The method of claim 14, whereinfunctionalizing comprises the step of reacting: a. anepoxide-functionalized monomer residue having an optionally substitutedstructure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; wherein m is aninteger from 0 to 6; wherein n is an integer from 0 to 2; with b. anucleophile having a structure represented by a formula X—R¹, wherein Xis OH, SH, NH₂, or NHR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl; and wherein R¹is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.
 16. The method of claim 14, wherein functionalizing comprises thestep of reacting: a. a propargyl-functionalized monomer residue havingan optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, wherein m¹ is aninteger from 0 to 6, and wherein n¹ is an integer from 0 to 2; with b.an azide having a structure represented by a formula N₃—R¹, wherein R¹is an optionally substituted organic radical comprising 1 to 24 carbonatoms.
 17. The method of claim 14, wherein functionalizing comprises thesteps of reacting: a. a keto-functionalized monomer providing a residuehaving an optionally substituted structure represented by a formula:

wherein Z is O or NR, wherein R is H or C1 to C6 alkyl, and wherein n³is an integer from 0 to 2; with b. an amine having a structurerepresented by a formula:H₂N—R¹, wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted organic radicalcomprising 1 to 24 carbon atoms; and c. reducing the resulting imine.